HomeMy WebLinkAboutWilliam Kirchnavy Construction Inc; 1987-02-24; 3173Kind of Coverage
Workers
Compensation* *
:* Expiration Dote Policy Number ** Unless otherwise indicated, this policy affords full coverage under tht
Compensation laws of all states (except states where coverage can be providc
State Funds, and Canada) and os designated in the policy and endorsements fo 2 11/1/87 2017 00 054783 (Employers Liability)
u 11/1/87 2027 00 054783 Comprehensive General Liability
Special Multi-Peril or Trademark (Section II only)
Products - Completed Cperations kbcluded 0 Excluded
Contractual - All Written Contracts &pcluded 0 Not Covered
Owners', Landlords'
and Tenants' Liability
Contractual Liability -
Designated Contracts -
Only
Automobile Liability u 11/1/87 I 2027 02 054783 B;~;.AII Owned ~utos &Hired and Nonowned Autos
L? Specified Autos Only
Umbrella 2 11/1/87 2027 03 054783 Liability
Special Provisions/Locations/Specified Autos: Job : Cala Viera
Limits of Liability
Bodily Injury Property Dama
,
$ Each Occurrence $
$ Aggregate $
Single Limit $ 1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$ 1,000,000 Aggregate
$ Each Occurrence $
$
$ Each Occurrence $
$
Each Occurrence
$ Aggregate
Single Limit $
$ Per Person
$ Per Accident $
Per Accident SingleLimit $ 1,000 000
$
$
$ Retention
3, ooo, ooo Each Occurrence
3 ~ ooo, ooo Aggregate Products - Complere
Hills Park
1200 ELM AVENUE
CARLSBAD CA 92008-1989 I
citp of Carls’bab
PARKS & REC REA TI0 N DE PAR TM EN T
DATE: January 6, 1986
ADDENDUM NO. ONE
PROJECT: CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK - PHASE I
This addendum, receipt acknowledged, must be attached to
proposal form when bid is submitted.
-z%+wL/w /-* CITY OF CARLSBAD
i
c to Contract No. - - I acknowledge receipt of Addendum No. 3),‘< J
Project Name:
l,i;/Jj /” i(irpA filzdi COAST, -Z~C J
42 / // j, ~-- -.,
\ ,i
A:,;& . SJ,L ‘-4,y, +L !
4 BIDDER’S SIGNATURE 1
s January 6, 1987
ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK - PHASE I
TO ALL PRIME CONTRACT BIDDERS OF RECORD:
NOTICE
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the
above identified project and modifies the original drawings
and specifications, contract # 3173. Portions of Contract Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in force.
Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification.
All trades affected shall be fully advised of these changes, deletions or additions.
This addendum consists of five (5) pages and four (4) attachmen
ITEM NUMBER ONE
Specifications - Part I, BIDDING AND CONTRACTURAL DOCUMENTS
A. NOTICE INVITING BIDS, pg 1, fifth paragraph, delete the
second sentence in its' entirety. "The estimated
quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis/ for the comparison of bids."
B. PROPOSAL, pg 3, delete the first paragraph and substitut
"The Undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined
' the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids,
examined the Plans and Specifications, has reviewed soil
reports by Leighton and Associates, Inc., dated July 24,
1985; March 11, 1986; May 16, 1986; and November 24, 198
and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials,
equipment, transportation, and services required to do a
the work to complete Contract No. 3173 in accordance wit
the Plans and Specifications of the City of Carlsbad, an the Special Provisions and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following lump sum price complete, to wit: I'
C. PROPOSAL, pg 5, paragraph one, delete the third sentence
in its' entirety, "In case of an error in the extension
of a unit price, the corrected extension...,.".
Jan 6, 1987
Addendum Number One Calavera Hills Community Park - Phase I
Page Two
ITEM NUMBER TWO
Specifications - Part 11, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. 2-5.1, Plans and specifications, third paragraph, first
sentence shall read as follows: "The construction plans
consist of 13 sheets designated as City of Carlsbad
Drawings No. 269-6". After the last paragraph add the
following: "The Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and
materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract
documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified
but which are essential to the completion of the work,
shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances througho the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpret of the intent of the contract documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and bindi
Failure of the Contractor to apprise her/his subcontract
and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contrac
will not relieve her/him of the responsibility of compli
B. 2-5.2, Precedence of Contract Documents, add the follow
"Conflicts: In the event of conflicts between the requir
ments of the Standard Specifications, Soils Report, San
Diego Area Regional Drawings, or City of Carlsbad Standa
the document highest in precedence shall apply.
The order of precedence shall be:
1. Soils Engineering Report 2. City of Carlsbad standards
3. San Diego Area Regional Drawings
4. Standard Specifications
C. 2-9.3, Survey Service, modify section as follows: "The
Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or regi
civil engineer to perform necessary surveying for this F
Requirements of the Surveyor pertaining to this item sha
as set forth in Section 2-9.5 of the SSPWC. Contractor
include cost of surveying service within appropriate ite
proposal. No separate payment will be made."
D. 5-1, Location, add the foll.owing paragraphs:
"Utilities for the purpose of these specifications shall
considered as including, but not limited to, pipe lines,
conduits, transmission lines, and appurtenances of "Pub1
Utilities" (as defined in the Public Utilities Act of tk
v Jan 6, 1987
Addendum Number One
Calavera Hills Community Park
Phase I
Page Three
State of California) or individually solely for their owl
use or for use of their tenants, and storm drains, sani.
sewers, and street lighting. The City of Carlsbad and affected utility companies have, by a search of known re( endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans all utili.
which exist within the limits of the work. However, the
accuracy or completeness of the utilities indicated on tl
Plans is not guaranteed. Service connections to adjaceni
property may or may not be shown on the plans. It shall
the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the ex(
location and elevation of all utilities and their servict
connections. The Contractor shall make his/her own
investigation as to the location, type, kind of material
age and condition of existing utilities and their appur- tenances and service connections which may be affected b;
the contract work, and in addition, he/she shall notify I
City as to any utility, appurtenances, and service connec
located which have been incorrectly shown on or omitted the plans.
The Contractor shall notify the owners of all utilities ( least 48 hours in advance of excavating around any of tht structures. At the completion of the contract work, the Contractor shall leave all utilities and appurtenances ii
in a condition satisfactory to the owners and the City.
In the event of damage to any utility, the Contractor sh,:
notify the owners of the utility immediately. It is the
responsibility of the Contractor to compensate for utili.
damages.
The temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of
utilities, including service connections, desired by the
Contractor for his/her own convenience shall be the Contractor's own responsibility and he/she shall make al. arrangements regarding such work at no cost to the City. If delays occur due to utilities relocations which were 1 shown on the Plans, it will be solely the City's option .
extend the completion date.
In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by .
failure of other parties to relocate utilities which intt
with the construction, the Contractor, upon request to tl
City, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion ( work affected by the utility. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately folloi the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise
directed by the City.
i Jan 6, 1987
Addendum Number One
Calavera Hills Community Park
Phase I
Page Four
All costs involved in locating, protecting and supportin5 all utility lines shall be included in the price bid for
various items of work and no additional payment will be made. I'
E. 6-1, Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work, ac
the following paragraph:
"If the completion date shown on the "Notice to Proceed"
letter is not met by the Contractor, he will be assessed
the daily salary of the City Inspector for each working day beyond the completion date, as damages, in addition 1 the liquidated damages identified in this specification.'
F. 6-7, Time of Completion, third sentence is changed to read as "...work to completion within 180 consecutive calendar days exclusive of the 60 day landscape maintenar period. I'
G. 6-9, Liquidated Damages, second line dollar amount shall
read as "...sum of $750.00 per day ..."
H. 7-8.5, add the following paragraph: "The Contractor sha:
obtain a construction meter for water utilized during the construction and landscape maintenance under this contrac
The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agencj for requirements. The Contractor shall include the cost of water and meter rental within appropriate items of the proposal. No separate payment will be made."
I. - Add 7-8.8, Soils Testing, as follows: "Foundation and Soils Engineer is the authorized professional representat of the City and the Architect. Earthwork and trenching
every kind is subject to supervision, inspection, and te:
by the Foundation and Soils Engineer. City shall pay foi
soils engineer services and for first tests. All retest]
required shall be paid for by the Contractor."
ITEM NUMBER THREE
Specifications - Part 111, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
A. Section 10.165, PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS, re1
Section 10.165 with the attached three pages 159, 160, 1t
B. Page 190, CONDUIT AND FITTINGS, after fifth paragraph adc
the following paragraph:
"Plastic (PW) coated conduit shall be hot dipped galvan: or sherardized with polyvinyl coating bonded to the outs;
surface. The thickness of the vinyl jacket shall be a m:
* Jan 6, 1987
Addendum Number One
Calavera Hills Community Park
Phase I Page Five
of 20 mils. All couplings shall have a plastic sleeve
extending beyond both ends approximately one pipe diamet
C. Page 192, PART 3 - INSTALLATION, delete paragraph 3 and
substitute:
"Conduits run below floor slabs, and underground exteric
to the building shall be PVC coated rigid heavywall galvanized steel, or IMC, or schedule 40 heavywall high impact, PVC electrical conduit. All PVC conduit joints shall be made with factory approval welding solvent. A ground wire shall be installed in all PVC conduits alonc with circuitry wiring in accordance with the requiremeni
of the specifications and the drawings."
D. Page 193, paragraph 8, sentence two, substitute, "...or
vertical runs, and shall be plastic (PVC) coated rigid
heavywall steel or IMC."
ITEM NUMBER FOUR
DETAILS, delete detail number S-21.
ITEM NUMBER FIVE
PLANS
A. Add the attached Grading Clarification drawing to Sheet
SE-3 and SE-3A, including the following note:
I' NCTE : FIRE STATION BUILDING AREA. Existing fill in t' area is to be removed and replaced with compacted fi Remove the existing fill to dense formational soils. T removal shall extend a minimum of 5 feet beyond
settlement sensitive structures and improvements. I
excavation should not be steeper than 1:l (horizontal vertical) and shall be in conformance with OSHA saf
regulations. The replacement fill shall be compacted to least 90 percent relative compaction (based on A
D1557-78). Placement of fill shall be performed accordance with local grading ordinances, sound construct practice, the General Earthwork and Grading Specificatio and recommendations outlined in Reference 1." (see November
24, 1986, Soils Report by Leighton Assoc).
B. Sheet SE-7, PLAY AREA PLAN, delete 'play equipment items
number one and two (Miracle Steelville #166-562 and
#166-564)" in their entirety. Contractor shall permit concurrent construction in this area by a City designat1
contractor. - END ADDENDUM NUNBER ONE
- 15
q SECTION 10.165
PLASTIC LAHIHATED TOILE? COC(PART?WTS
Requirements of Division I apply to all uork of thi- Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 YORK INCLUDED
A. Toilet compartments and urinal screens.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field ccc4itlons: Verify drawing dimensiocs with actual field c
ticns. Verify icstallatlon of backicg. Impect related uork an adjacent surfaces. Report cocditlons which prevent proper execu
of this work.
B. Submittals.
1. Contractor to provide 5 cel
2. Chart or samples of manufacturers full range of standard and
3: tlan~facturer~s product inforaation/sptcificatlons democstrot
U. Shop drawings showing all dimensions, conditions and require
As specified in Section 1.30.
to Engineer.
optional colors. Clearly lndicato any prealum priced
colors/finishes.
contract cotnpliance.
preparation.
c. Colors.
1. As selected frua manufacturers standard colors by the Engine
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 APPROVED HANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer
Sanymet a1 Glob81 Bobrick
niiis Fi8t
a. styi~.
1.
2. Urinal Screens - 2Ua x Urn unless otherwise indicate4, wall
Compartments - Ceiling hung with additional uall and floor
2.2 HATERIAtS AND CONSTRUCTION:
A, Compartment panels: Sh8l1 be 3/4" thick, of the same construc finiah and performance stand8rds as for doors.
B, Doors: Shall bo consttuated of solid phenolic core materiaK ' high pressure matte finish melamine surfaces fused to the core. Finished Doors shall be 3/4" with face sheets applied over self-
edgebanding. Plastia L8min8tOd 'foll~t Compartment
-1
C. Hardware and Fittinqs:
Doors: All door hardware and rnountina brackets shall be type C
shall be exposed except as approved. Threaded steel inserts sh factory installed for mounting hinges and door latch. Stainles one way machine screws shall be furnished for installing hinges Stainless steel Phillips head screws shall be furnished for mou brackets. Hinges shall hold door partly open. Door may be ope outside by liftinq the door to disenqaqe latch from keeper. A1
metal fasteners, supports, etc. shall be either stainless steel chromate treated, double zinc plated steel-,or anodized a1 uminE
Brackets: For panel9 shall be double hetght, heavy extruded alu treate'i, anodized and polished or stainless steel.
Operbticn: A thru3t cearicg -hall carrv the 4ccr ueight. ALA r,
snall be concealed within the dOOr thickness.
Accessories: XttachmeRt an4 Cc3ztruction. Hizge brackets 3h
fetrcus chrome plate4 gtitrup tvpe atta-hcd to the pllastcr :
tnroudh bclts. Top hinge otacket an4 bcttom hinge bracket
recornmezded by manufacturer. Door keeper md 3top shall be chr
non-ferrous with rubber bumper locked in plrco. Door late
concer1ed within the door thlcknoss with bt8SS polished chrc
escutcheon plate and knob. Door bolts shall be stainloss st nosed.
D. Color: For partitions, doors and soreans, color to be se
E. Special reinforcement: Provide eozcealed reinforcement to zuppor
t satin finish stainless steel. No door hardware or mounting bra
d'
Are hitrct .
1 grab burs where these ora indlcatd.
F. Urinal Screen, Construction: Use materials and methods matching tl
partittons in all respects.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATXCIN
A. Provlde metal backlng plmtos required for secure rnchorage of 1
components to structure io ceillng 8nd wall and floor.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Tollet compurtmcntsr Xnstall at locations indlcsted cn drawing.
supporting comtructtcn rigidly 3ecure, level azd plumb. Actju?t
to yorfect working order. Secure to walls md ceiling3 with meta
plates behind 9tuds and/or joists.
Urihil screens: Qecwe to metal backing plates fastoned behind sti
prlor to appltcctloo of wall riaisha. M8ke entirely riaid, plumb level.
All work2 Coaeo.l all evidmeo of cutting, drilfiw or of rough
Floor connections: All floor connections shall be contained in a stainless steel shoe and shall be caulked to be entirely waterproof
8.
C,
0.
f8SktlOrS. 1
Pf8StiO L.8ia.tmd TOilet COap8ttments-
-1
3.3 TOUCH-UP
A.
3.4 CLEANUP
$
Restore damaged 3utfsces and finishes to original condition,
5 1
a- A. As specified in Sectlon 0,60,
END Of SECTION
1
1
Plastlo L8mlnat.d Toilet Coepartaonts-
e
CITY OF CARLSBAD
CONTRACT NO. 3173
PROPOSAL
City Council
City of Carlsbad
1200 Elm Avenue
Carlsbad, CA 92008
The Undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined
location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined
Plans and Specifications, has reviewed soils reports by Leigh
and Associates, Inc.t dated July 24, 1985; March 11, 1986; C
16, 1986; and November 21, 1986, and hereby proposes to furn; all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and servic
required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 3173
accordance with the Plans and Specifications of the City
Carlsbad, and the Special Provisions and that he/she will take
full payment therefor the following unit prices for each il
complete, to wit:
BASE BID: All labor, material, services and equipment necessi
for completion of all the work indicated in the constructi drawings in conformance with the specifications.
T tal amo nt of bid in words: w/& 1-/ CY@ OQ&O <
2I.b 7&--, +/&-&;62& -4-s
Total amount of bid in numbers: ii ;/757L7=
Addendum (a) No(s),l~c\ g has/have been
received and is/are included in this proposal.
I L
,I ,J
' I'
C"
L' r' q', - J I' ~ z I
b, 1
W h 1' 6,
DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE rcA". Delete all import fill materia
perform grading as described below. Contractor shall grad
area identified as Phase I on Drawing SE-4 to the finished q
and elevations necessary to construct the proposed improvements. Contractor shall grade the area as identifi
Phase I1 according to Drawing SE-3A. Material necessary fa
grading of Phase I area may be obtained from Phase XI
Excess or non-conforming materials may be placed in Phase I1
areas according to ordinances and specifications.
C$ &3#ZS
Written in words figures
Addendum (a) No(s) m_ h as/h av e bet
received and is/are included in this proposal.
c
-5
All bids are to be computed on the basis of a total lump s
price indicated in this proposal as submitted by the bidder.
case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words sha
t& cc~raa~M-e.&0*is~--9hak& --be--caZcu1ateQ- and- the- bids- will computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of t corrected totals.
The Undersigned has checked carefully all of the above figur and understands that the City will not be responsible for a
errors or omissions on the part of the Undersigned in making
this bid.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing t
required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance polici within twenty (20) days from the date of Award of Contract City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the proceeds of check bond accompanying this bid shall become the property of the Ci
of Carlsbad.
Licensed in accordance with the Statutes of the State
California providing for the registration of Contractors, Licen NO. ?( "goy\-
Identification 75- 3 ?$- 3,3 %?
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
prevail. -c9.R&*>*.QL*-Lvkc
4 .
1. That no Councilmember, officer, agent, or employee of t
City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to
paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or
writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, employees has induced him/her to enter into tP
Contract, excepting only those contained in this form
Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its tern
and
2. That this bid is made without connection with any persc firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, i is in all respects fair and without coll sion or fraud. &g-=@ cbt&- 24USJ&4
4'- Accompanying this proposal is $/~t%,,.~),~/, ,& 0. (Cash, Certified Check, .Bond, or Cashfer's Check
for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Section 3700
Labor Code which require every employer to be insured 2
liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake
insurance in accordance with the provisions of that coc
agrees to comply with such provisions before commencj
performance of the work of this Contract.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the St
California tabor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relat
the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or t
worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to compl its provisions.
I’ (Lis) 7 w .e316 01 /j I{ rchw L7 st. Phone Number 7, AiLJy+e:)ur c/: /&cW 9TAd 14, /qk 1 Date’ ’ ’ Authorized Sign
/h d/dQ dL7k QBP. Authorized Signatur
SqY. 4?kaeei cp 93 d L “1 PC2 /f’ ’ r/ /-pc I- <a 7? ‘L
Bidder’s Address Type of Org’anization (Individual, Corporation
Partnership)
List below names of President, Secretary, Treasurer, and Mai
if a corporation; and names of all partners, if a partnersh
Ec5
SC7/7&& ~
(NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEHENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL PRINC
MUST BE ATTACHED)
4 (CORPORATE SEAL)
P
0 50 001 2 T z. T,
1 0 3" 2: < WnOF C. 3 P 2 E.23 3 G2 $ "'gs a 0
m cn 9: : L
g 2Q.F 3
5' q g E. 23 P* 0 g 5' 2, @a3 ... ns ,,-n$ 3~ atl -20 mw g- ", g2. b- 8- -2 ,w
--
I
7. 0
cnn DD
0 =tr P. urn
a
P 2$ C.
< ;gg
3 M
mae. [z TOY
0 t-'. pl
-m
P co
a Q
-
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we ? IJn. J. Kirchnavy Cons true tion, fnc . ?
Principal, and Iie r c han t s 'd ond ing Camp any ( l!u tual ) 9
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsb
California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least
percent (10%) of the bid amount)
1CX of the bid zmount
for which payment will and truly made, we bind ourselves,
heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assig
jointly and severally, firmly by these payments.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if
proposal of the above-bounden principal for:
SITE GRADING AND PHASE I CONSTRUCTION OF
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK
PROJECT NO. 3173
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council of s
City, and if the above bounden Principal shall duly enter i
and execute a Contract including required bonds and insura
policies within twenty (20) days from the date of Award
Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being d
notified of said award, then this obligation shall become n
and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force
effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to
said City.
In the event any Principal above named executed this bond as
individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Princi
shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under t
bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals tl
12th day of January , 19 c7
T- Corporate Seal (If Corporation) ,.r.. 5. ;X;-c!laav;- Construction,
Yerchants 2onCins Corpany (-htual) 1 Surety OY-&g&&gK/- - & cl
r.onald T'. 7.asEusseii 0
T it 1 e AtLcne:--la-?ac t (Notarial acknowledgement o
C execution by all PRINCIPALS
(At tach acknowledgement of and SURETY must be attached
Attorney in Fact)
- . - . . _. -. ..... . - ~- -_______ - .__--.-
e *e*+ *.* 0 89 **
.._------ ,! i-. -.~. -._.--- ._/----* -- I. .. ..... _---
,'
MEXCHANTS BONDING COMPANY -MUTUAL-
DES MOINES, IOWA
POWER OF ATI"EY
Ypw AU Mcr By Thtw Rrwnr. th thr MERCHANTS BONDING COMMNY tMutunI1. a ccupwrn Julv trrpnnir b d k sa* u)' ha. ;ud luv~ly Ub pnr@ rJticr H thr Cry u( Dn *ran. CWy tJ W. SUC ~II ki~wr. hJth id I
~~ddUCbbylbrvpcvU&. b-&-
Ronald W. Basmussen
ul Palm Desert ~JSI;UCU) California ii\ IW dnl law lul Alttm.y-in-1.ur & uMhrWy hrrb) bWhd ul I(* rumC. phcC ud Wad. hi sign. sxu'U*. rlu*n,k~Igs dl Julibcr in ti\ kh4I d\ wcty
Any end all bonds and undertakings in itti normal course of busines
provided no one bond or undertaking shall exceed the sum of
Plve hundred thousand and no/100 DOLLARS ($500,000.00)
rrJ ki hd Ihu hiERI'HANTS I0NI)ING L'OMI'ANI' ~Mutuill~ ilurchb JI lull\ ~iul 1%) ik ~iiw L'&ITIII JI 11 \*II hmJ tu uikl
Upa by Jr Jul) **hn&.d dicn rJ ihc MtM'HANTS HONDIW Cl)htWNY thlutudli d dl ihc rh OI -1.1 AIIW
I, k unhmty hmrn yivrn. Uv huwby r;utlLd mi ctntirnwi
'Ihrr Rwcd-Arcrm.? I\ nu& and cwuvJ puou~n( hi Jcrl hy iluihtnty 01 ihc It~lb~rin~ Hy.l..~w ~Jl(wr.J h) ik thwd
u) Ccr WL'HANTS MJKVING COMMNY thlululr.
AKIK'1.E ?. Sl:<TON SA --"The ChJirnun 111 tk HturJ tu Prcridciu t1r JII~ \i.c I'rc4cni tir hyrciJn 111~11 t1.16~'
L'twnpwry tkrvtti. hd\ atJ unlc.naAmp. rr.irhyni/riw\. ~tmrrrr'ir $11 inrkmiiiiv JIIJ IHIW wriiinp ~~II~JII+I\ III ltwn!lll."
In Wimrs UT*rmd. hlERCllANTS BONIJING C'OMPA%Y i\tutu,di hdh L.JUWJ ihcw prcwili\ it) hr. \igircd h\ III \ic kc
Alnl: Xlt.HC'HANTS HOKIIIMI ('(JhW4:
4LUhrtl> 111 dl+VcU ~4lhUlW)\-IIl~~~db't. d hi iiUtlkNi/< ihum 111 ~wIUIC. t*i khdl $11 Ik <.ttiipii). ~d JIIah tk
*r u*pn*: sal kt h: hurrui mird. UU~ 12th d~) 111 January 1\11 I'
,'7 ' .' @&p BY &&*l/, IL&
/@?.:.E ,*W4,\1,"l t 'i" I.
/ILr Prrulru
STATU OF IOWA ~o(:wcK w
Qdur 12th &y 4$! January 19 83 . kl1W lilt Rodney Bliss 111 and William W. Warner Lo m: pf~4Iy tlurn. nlw klny hy ntc July \wtm did wy tha tky IEC VICC PnrKkni, rcip.riively of thc hlt,K('l1SNrI, , COMMNY tW~url~. tk cupnyh~ Jcxrtkd in tk torepiing tmMrumcnt. ml thri ik Stdl attired IO it* >&id III>INII~
Cucprrr W ut' Ihc rul Cbputm UnJ thu Ihc wJ inrimmm uu sipud Inl vvkJ in khrlf ol wd Ctqmfniwn h) J a&wdcJ0#*m.
#ov*Whacol. 1 have klrwm uq m) hid d alfixcd my Official Seal. iu rhc ('try 01 tkr hltiincr. Iwr ik JJ~ NIL
,hh" -*e **** c * ........... /
:t .' v b .. +&'........ .. *G 2
*.e.. ***
: b : 1 ** A* i,owr *.e *. '. :: 0 2, : 3
:4*
'" "'I LL .e*** STATE ()F I()wA
CDUNTYOFW (1.
I, Rodney Bliss 111, Vice President
M' tk MERCHANT9 HON1)INC; C'OMPANY IMuIuJLI. &I kwh\ til) IhM thC ,rht,Wr UIII it~rrPw 1' J
ctml crpy t~t Ik WWEW t)F A1TOUNI:i. crccuicd by wid hIEHCHAN1S HONLllN(; C'OMk4NY I~IIW.~~~ 41 tn Itwe .nl cna3.
In mmtu Whcrait. I twc rcuao Y? my had did vltircd i$yl UI ~hc C'rrtnpny. d Des flgyZ4- M -17
b 13th A, ,,, Yanuary 19.
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The Undersigned certifies he/she has used the subbids o
following listed Contractors in making up his/her bid and
the subcontractors listed will be used for the work for
they bid, subject to the approval of the City Engineer, a
accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications
changes may be made in these subcontractors except upon the
approval of the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad.
following information is required for each subcontrz
Additional pages can be attached, if required:
Items of Full Company Complete Address Phone
w/Area Work Name w/Zip Code
_I_
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS (continued)
The bidder is to provide the following information on the subb
of all the listed subcontractors as part of the sealed t
submission. Additional pages can be attached, if required.
Type of State Carlsbad Amount
Contracting Business of Full Company Name License & No. License No.* Bid ($ or :.
&/ 410 66 + L
\ XI/ rjR..;L, L & 3
dhL7d auL47y
aw7d a&/
A
/A
L z_
*Licenses are renewable annually. If no valid licens
indicate "NONE". Valid license must be obtained prior
submission of signed Contracts.
6.w? djkF/L j/z13v L, r c LLJ-
)l/ L' L, kl&! LJ;5 fi, LP)A
s 'J vt +/wc (5 ,c p
3
Bidder's Company Name
(Notarize or
Corporate Seal)
Bidder's Complete Address
y jpd 5-
,-,I /, &&/A L A- / /'
_I * -Aut'hor rz-ea Signyfure /
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
The Undersigned submits herewith a notarized or sealed sta
of his/her financial responsibility.
#* fl; ,q /&
-
/--- 1
/ ,/ Signature
(Notarize or Corporate Seal)
-
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar chara~
to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successf
performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which
enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience
skill. An attachment can be used, if notarized or sealed.
(Notarize or
Corporate Seal)
/
William J. Kirchnavy Construction, Inca
CALIFORNIA CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE 308045
Demolition and Grading Contractor
State Licensed Liability Insured
SAN MARCOS, CALIFORNIA 92069
(619) 744-0216
1010 LINDA VISTA DRIVE - SUITE 201
P
RESUME OF CONTRACTORS
Effective May 12, 1986
A.B.C. Construction C.A. Larsen Construction Henzel Phelps Constructi
3120 National Avenue P.O. Box 83759 P.O. Box 2120
San Diego, CA 92113 San Diego, CA 92138 Chula Vista, CA 92012
Telephone: 239-3428 Telephone: 298-8830 Telephone: 428-6636
*CALIFORNIA STATE PRISON-OT *CITRACADO & MISSION-ESCONDIDO *CARLSBAD INN-CARLSBAD
Dunphy Construction Co. City of San Marcos ROICC
P.O. Box 20188 105 W. Richmar Road P.O. Box 209
San Diego, CA 92111 San Marcos, CA 92069 Oceanside, CA 92054
Telephone: 565-7272 Telephone: 744-4020 Telephone: 725-3138
*LA QUINTA INN-RANCHO PENASQUITOS "BARHAM DRIVE CLEARING "I.A.C. PAD-CAMP PENDLETON
M H Golden Company John R. Selby, Inc. County of San Diego
P.O. Box 80068 44670 Neb0 Drive
San Diego, CA 92111 La &sa, CA 92041 5555 Overland Ave., Bldg
Telephone: 298-8181 Telephone: 689-8668 San Diego, CA 92123
Telephone: 565-5472
Dept. of Public Works
*M.c.R.D.-SAN DIEGO PLAZA AT LA JOLLA VILLAGE *
UEPH & DINING FACILITY *CAMBELL RANCH ROAD & VIEJA!
R. E. Hazard Contracting Harper Development County of San Diego
P.O. Bax 3217 5186 Carroll Canyon Road Parks & Recreation San Diego, CA 92103 San Diego, CA 92126 5201 Ruffin Road, Suite '
Telephone: 295-0051 Telephone: 455-9600 San Diego, CA 92123
*SAN MARCOS BLVD. IMPROVEMENTS *RUFFIN BUSINESS CENTER Telephone: 565-3858
*FELICITA PARK KNOLL PICNIC
Koll Construction Sim J. Harris Company City of Pomy
7330 Engineer Road P.O. Box 3069 P.O. Box 789 San Diego, CA 9211Y-1464 San Diego, CA 92103 Poway, CA 92064 Telephone: 292-5550 Telephone: 277-5481 Telephone: 748-6600
*CARLSBAD RESEARCH CENTER *HARBOR STREET CONSTRUCTION *MIDLAND ROAD & TWIN pEAKs-p
Valley Center mini. Watc C.E. Wylie Construction City of Carlsbad
8282 Buckhorn St. 1200 Elm Avenue P.O. Box 67
San Diego, CA 92111 CarISbad, CA 92008 Valley Center, CA 92082
Telephone: 565-0912 Telephone: 438-5541 ' Telephone: 749-1600 *LAKE SKINNER FILTRATION PLANT *JAMES DRIVE STREET IMPROVEMENTS * OLD CASTLE RESERVOIR-#2
* JOBS EITHER IN PROGRESS OR RECENTLY COMPLETED
CONTRACT - PUBLIC WORKS
This agreement is made this -??e day of & 1987, by and between the City of Carlsbad, Cam
municipal corporation, (hereinafter called l'Cityl'), and
Wm. J. Kirchnavy Construction Company, Inc.
whose principal place of business is 1010 Linda Vista Drive
San Marcos, CA 92065
(hereinafter called 'lContractorl'.)
City and Contractor agree as follows:
1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform a1 specified in the Contract documents for:
SITE GRADING AND PHASE I CONSTRUCTION
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK (hereinafter called "project")
2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall PI all 1 abor, materials, tools, equipment, and personr
perform the work specified by the Contract documents.
3. Contract Documents. The Contract documents consist of
Contract; the bid documents, including the Notice to Bic
Instructions to Bidders' and Contractors' Proposals
Plans and Specifications, the Special Provisions, ar
proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance
this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and the for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by
reference.
The Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and mate
suppliers shall provide and install the work as indic
specified, and implied by the Contract documents. Any
of work not indicated or specified, but which are esse
to the completion of the work, shall be provided a
Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said docum
In all instances throughout the life of the Contract
City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Con
documents, and the City's decision relative to said i will be final and binding. Failure of the Contract apprise her/his subcontractors and materials supplie
this condition of the Contract will not relieve her/h
the responsibility of compliance.
4. Pa ment As full compensation for Contractor's perforr hi under this Contract, City shall make payment tc Contractor per Section 9-3 of the Standard Specification:
Public Works Construction. The closure date for each mor
invoice will he the 30th of each month.
-1
Invoices from the contractor shall be submitted according
the required City format to the City's assigned proje
manager no later than the 5th day of each month. Paymen
will be delayed if invoices are received after the 5th
each month.
5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made
independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditio
at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affe
the progress of the work, and is aware of those condition
The Contract price includes payment for all work that may
done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order
overcome underground conditions. Any information that m
have been furnished to Contractor by City about undergrou
conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor
convenience only, and City does not warrant that t
conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfi
with all job conditions, including underground conditions a
has not relied on information furnished by City.
6. Contractor Responsible for Unforeseen Conditions. Contract
shall be responsible for all loss or damage arising out I
the nature of the work or from the action of the elements I
from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise or I
encountered in the prosecution of the work until i.
acceptance by the City. Contractor shall also be responsib
for expenses incurred in the suspension or discontinuance I
the work. However, Contractor shall not be responsible fi
reasonable delays in the completion of the work caused I
acts of God, stormy weather, extra work, or matters which tl
specifications expressly stipulate will be borne by City.
7. Change Orders. City may, without affecting the validity I
this Contract, order changes, modifications, deletions, at
extra work by issuance of written change orders. Contractc
shall make no change in the work without the issuance of
written change order, and Contractor shall not be entitled t
compensation for any extra work performed unless the City hz
issued a written change order designating in advance tk
amount of additional compensation to be paid for the work
If a change order deletes any work, the Contract price shal
be reduced by a fair and reasonable amount. If the partic
are unable to agree on the amount of reduction, the WOI
shall nevertheless proceed and the amount shall be determint
by litigation.
8. Prevailinq Wage. Pursuant to the Labor Code of the State o
California, the director of the Department of Industris
Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of pe
diem wages in accordance with Labor Section 1773 and a cop
of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is a
file in the office of the Carlsbad City Clerk, and i
incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to Labo Section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing
Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prev
wages on the job site.
9. Indemnity. Contractor shall assume the defense of, p
expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmle
City, and its officers and employees, from all claims,
damage, injury and liability of every kind, natu
description, directly or indirectly arising from
connection with the performance of the Contract or wo
from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to
with any applicable law, rules or regulations including
relating to safety and health; except for loss or
which was caused solely by the active negligence of the
and from any and all claims, loss, damage, inju
liability, howsoever the same may be caused, res
directly or indirectly from the nature of the work cove
the Contract, unless the loss or damage was caused sol
the active negligence of the City. The expenses of c
include all costs and expenses, including attorneys fe
litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution me
10. Insurance. Without limiting contractor's indemnificati
is agreed that contractor shall maintain in force times during the performance of this agreement a pol
policies of insurance covering its operations and ins
covering the liability stated in Paragraph 9. The pol
policies shall comply with the special insurance instri
in the Supplementary General Provisions and shall conti
following clauses:
Contractor's liability insurance policies shall cont:
following clauses:
A. "The City is added as an additional insured as rc
operations of the named insured performed under CI with the City."
6. "It is agreed that any insurance maintained by ti
shall apply in excess of and not contribut
insurance provided by this policy."
All insurance policies required by this paragrapl
contain the following clause:
A. "This insurance shall not be cancelled, limited I
renewed until after thirty days written notice h
given to the City,"
B. "The insurer waives any rights of subrogation it may have, against the City or any of its officers
employees.
-
Certificates of insurance evidencing the coverages requi by the clauses set forth above shall be filed with the C
prior to the effective date of this agreement.
11. - Workers ' Compensation. Contractor shall comply with
requirements of Section 3700 of the California Labor COI
Contractor shall also assume the defense and indemnify
save harmless the City and its officers and employees f
all claims, loss, damage, injury, and liability of ev~
kind, nature, and description brought by any person emplo or used by Contractor to perform any work under this Contr
regardless of responsibility for negligence,
12. Proof of Insurance. Contractor shall submit to the C
certification of the policies mentioned in Paragraphs 10
11 or proof of workers' compensation self-insurance prior
the start of any work pursuant to this Contract.
13. Claims and Lawsuits. Contractor shall comply with
Government Tort Claims Act (Government Code Section 900
seq.) prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of tl
. contract or any claim or cause of action for money d am age s .
14. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and mq
available to th e City, upon request, records in accordal with Sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article
of the California Labor Code. If the Contractor does I maintain the records at Contractor's principal place
business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform
City by certified letter accompanying the return of tl
Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certif
mail of any change of address of such records.
15. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter
commencing with Section 1720 of the California Labor CI
are incorporated herein by reference.
d cash, cashier's check, or certified check may
substituted for any monies withheld by the City to seci
performance of this contract for any obligation establisl
by this contract.
16. Securit . At the election of the City, securities in
17. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and evi
provision of law and clause required by law to be inser
in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein
included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise,
such provision is not inserted, or is not correc
inserted, then upon application of either party the Contr
shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insert
or correction.
18. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions a
agreement are set forth in the "General Provisio
"Special Provisons" attached hereto and made a part he
1 3; 'I
,c h , gj , p ;"-:J (b;
1 (5
(Notarial acknowledgement of By -l-4?22,-. 2- ~'~~&/4/?&c,"+ /-g-J ,p' j
execution by ALL PRINCIPALS .A
must be attached.) Title '25 e5 I
BY
OVED AS TO
ATTEST:
;, ;si/ &dHY ;d& Ci y Cle
-1
Contractor's Certification of Awareness of Workers' Compensati
Responsibility.
"1 am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Co
which requires every employer to be insured against liability f
workers' compensation or to underEake self-insurance
accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comp
with such provisions before commencing the performance of t
work of this Contract."
/
Contractor I ,4
\ ,,
Bond No. CA 107901
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, Sta
California, b Resolution No. 8961 , adopted 02/03/87
auarded to kn. J- Kirchnavy Construction Company I6bereiT
designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for:
SITE GRADING AND PHASE I CONSTRUCTION OF
CALAVERA HILL COMMUNITY PARK
PROJECT NO. 3173
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the dr:
and specifications, and other Contract documents now on fi
the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and i
which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute
Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of i
with said Contract, providing that if said Principal or i
his/her or its subcontractors shall fail to pay fo1
materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or team3
in, upon for or about the performance of the work agreed
done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kinc
Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereir
set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, Wm. J. Kirchnavy Construction Company 1
as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"
Jqprr?;lsn+q Ron infl r n\7 (Miitiial) as Surety, ari firmly boun; -unT t he City of Carlsbad in the SI
FIVE HUNDRED EIGHTY EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED EIGHTYFOUm
estimated amount payable by the City of Carlsbad under the
of the Contract, for which payment well and truly to be me
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administr
successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the per
his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provi
provender or other supplies, or teams used in, upon, f
about the performance of the work contracted to be done,
any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amoun
under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to suc
or labor, that the Surety or Sureties will pay for the sa
an amount not exceeding the sum specified in the bond, and,
in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable atto
fee, to be fixed by the court, as required by the provisi
Section 4202 of the Government Code of the State of Califor
9' ($ 588,384. 1, said sum being one hundred percent ( 507 01
-
This bond shall insure to the benefit of any and all perso
companies and corporations entitled to file claims under Title
of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code (commencing w
Sect ion 3O82).
In the event any Contractor above named executed this bond as
individual, it is agreed the death of any such Contractor sh
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by
Contractor and Surety above named, on the 10 day of Feb. - , 1987 . -
Wm. J. Kirchnavv Construct:
Company Ir
_.- (Notarize or Corporate
e&?* //I. >/,-+" ( J
Contract or .;.--/ Seal for each Signer) Bv : ;+$j?- /Ai' , ;.P' $,pZL c:f
*/
Merchants Bondinq Company I
13y:
Ronald W. Rasmussen
4
Surety Attorney-in-facT \
B
i
-
I) L
3
0
" I
L
i:
0
ERCHAm ONDING COMPANY
-MUTUAL-
POWER OF ATTORNEY
DES MOINES, IOWA
Know An Men By These Presents. that the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual), a corporaton duty organized under the I;
of the State of lowa. and havlog CLS -pal off- In the cCtv of Des Mocnes. County of Polk. Slate of Wa. hath made, constituted #
appanted. and does by meSe presents make. constrtute and eppolnt ?
Ronald W, Rasmussen
or SanDiego and State of California its true atxi lawful Attorney-in-Fad, wth full pov
end aumonty hereby conferred M rts name. place and stead, to sgn. execute. adtnowledge and deliver in rts behalf as surety
Ecrd m. mm1 cn Wf of IGLd-mvy Gx3nEtl ‘QI fm city of c3A.dXd Gtlifamia, project m* 3173 in tk Origm SLm of ax? urn QE I-bdcd mwsk ‘14axlsard seven IiUdEd s*
Seven Edl.ars ($1,176,767) an3 any aplicable dwqe czt3x-s -to
and b bud the MERCWWTS BONDING COMPANY (W) thereby as fully and to the same exlent as A such bond ci undertalang H
ogned by the ddy euthonred o(ficers d the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual), and all the ads of sad Attorney. pursuant to I
a- heretn em, are hereby rabfied and confinned
This PomKd-AtlOmey ts mede andm prrsucmtto and ty authority ofthe f~lknwng 8y-m adopted by the Board of Orectoc the MERCHAFCrS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual).
ARTKXE 2 SECTION 6A. --The chemnend(hef3oard OT Presdentor any Vca Presrdentor Secretary shall have power a -to-- . ad. and b rwRhonze them to execute on behalf of the Company. and attach the seal of 1 Compsny there(0, bads and Udertebgs, -. cantracts of ndemrwty and other mrtmgs dqatory in the nature there
ARTICLE 2 SECTION 68 --The sgnature d any eumonZed offom and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile sny PomKd Atlomey orcerbficaaon thereolm the wecubon and delrveryof any bond. undertakmg. tecognuance,
othec wmtyshp&gatmsofthe *, andsuchsgnabre and seal when so used shall have the sarne force and effect q
though manually fbed
h Wbws Whereof, MERCHANTS BONDING COMpANv(Mutual) hascausedthese presentst0 besgnedby Its Vi Presldenla ExeaAwViResdentanditscorporatesealtobehene(oaffxed.(hisdsy 7th of - AD,lS$6
AneSt: MERCHANTS 80NM
BY
STATE OF IOWA V?F WOAodM
COUNlYOFPOU( I
onlhls 7th dayof Navgaber ,ig 86 ,befwe~appeared~~.wan
ROdneyt%38 111. lo me penrardly kflown. WtNJ being bymeddyemwn dd say thet meyare VI Presden( and Exeartive vi Pmidef
~b~seWinstnmentSstheCocpaeteSealdthesaid~andthatthesad~wassignedandsealednbehaff( raM ckqxxah by authorlj. of b Boerd of Dkedocs
mspe&dydtheMERCHAIiCrSBONMffi ColMPANy ~.heowporatbn described m the kmgcing )nstriffnent and that the SeC
hlbdmony Whereof. I heve hereunbset my hand and affixed my Ofhaal seal, at the %of Des Momes. bwa the day and yecar fir!
abovemittbn
*. . *. ...
.e- -0 .* G BR)(, **. L!J/2GZ?A--A : +i ..-....*“.b *.
: 0. 3 f IOWA i m : r&nq Pubk. Wk camry. lon
My camnurn Exin-
8-4-89
-.. 9 : e A. ..=
: z t *w.
*e. e.. D .
-8 q. ..
*. 0) -....,...... t c STATEOFWA ***. 4eIAL 5% ...e 2 ~~~~ a
I, MJ, bq, Vi Prfmdmt ol the MERCHAKTS WOlNG COMPANY (Mutual), do (orsgdng b a bue Md cmeu copy of (he POWER OF ATTORNEY executed by
aru INC
COMPANY (Muhral). which Ls dl1 In fora, and ded
In Wtmm whsreo(, I haw heremtoset my hand and afltxed (he od ofthe Company. at
ulb 1Othdayof Feb. ’91 87.
~rn~.nomsyexplres mtilk~&&
*
Bond No. CA 107901
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, Sta
California, by Resolution No. 8961 , adopted 02/03/87
awarded to Wm. J. Kirchnavy Construction Company Inc.
(hereinafter designated as the ltPrincipal't), a Contract for:
SITE GRADING AND PHASE I CONSTRUCTION OF
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK
PROJECT NO. 3173
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the cont
the drawings and specifications, and other Contract documenh
on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Car
all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute
Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a
for the faithful performance of said Contract;
\*
NCW, THEREFORE, WE, Wm. J. Kirchnavy Construction Company
Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"7
9s Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carl
in the sum of ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY SIX THOUSAND SEVEN
SUTY SEWW- Dollars ($ 1,176,767. ), said sum being equal to one ht
per cent (100%) of the estimated amount of the Contract,
paid to the said City or its certain attorney, its successor
assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successa
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS 'OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the
bounden Contractor, his/her or its heirs, execu
administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things
to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perfoi
covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said Contra1
any alteration thereof made as therein provided on his/t
their part, to be kept and performed at the time and
manner therein specified, and in all respects according to
true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save ha,
the City of Carlsbad, its officers and agents, as tl
stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and
otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition 1
face amount specified therefore, there shall be included
and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable atti
fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing
obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any juc
Merchants Bondins Company (Mutual)
- c
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrc
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to 1
terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunc or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect
obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of i
change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the tei
of the Contract, or to the work or to the specifications.
In the event that any Contractor above named executed this bc
as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any sc
Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligatic
under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by t
Contractor and Surety above named on the 10 day of Feb.
19 87 0
-
Nm. J. Kirchnavy Construction Corn1
"FfJ.;. /y*: By f.-GH<9 ,~-LL ;- .,-,?& g-,.~--'--~-~..~ (1
c (Notarize or Corporate ._I Seal for Each Signer) Contractor
Merchants Bonding- Company (Nutuai)
w
-, sy :
Ronald W. Kasmussen
Surety Attorney-in-fact I---
0 557 60 Qz?
I gs
so
9
" mn
P
2 2
PD rr P- Urn P- '
(D la 0
0
L
i
f:
L1 ,"
-
P m
CHArn NDlNG COMPANY -
DES MOINES, IOWA
POWER OF AnORNEY
Knm An Men 6y These Presents. that the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual), a corporatan duly organued under the I,
of Ehe Stale of ha. and ha- rtS pnoapel Off- k, the C%y of 03s Manes, hnty of Polk, State of lowa hath made. Constttuted
appwted, and does by lhese presents make. constrMe and appotnt ?
Ronald W. Rasmussen
of San Diego and State d California cts true and lawtul Attorney-in-Fact. mth tuli w
and am hereby conferred m cts name. plaw and stead. to sgn, exBcu(e, acknowledge and deliver in as behatf as surety
EcnJm.mmlcn~ofKi?xhnavy~ 'cn fw city of mm calif&, pfoject &. 3173 in tk dgind SLTll of Q-E? Millim @e Ib-drEd tZevErlWSb 7kXEatd &V€n m siq
Seven DAl.ars ($1,176,767) ax3 any qplicable d-ange cxdm -to
and b bnd the MERCHAMS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual) thereby as Mly and to the same extent as If such bood o( undertakI3 H
8%pd by me duty authorized dficers of the MERCHAMS BoND(NG COMPANY (Mutual). and all the acts of sad Attorney, pursuant to i w herern gwen, are hereby raw and confirmed
(he MERCHANTS BotJOlNG COMPANY (Muhral)
l'b POmKddttomey kmade andm pnw%n(b and by arr(h0ntY ofthe folbmng By-LaWs edopced by the Board of threctm
ARTICE 2 SECTION 6A. SEC he^ d(he Board or Prmo~any Vi Presdent or Secretary sbail have power a
raumorlty~eppontAttomeysrt+ . ed. and to auchonre them (0 execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of 1 Cocrrpany thereto, bonQ and udectakqs. -, COcltraQ of ndemrwty and other mrtnrgs oblgatory m the nature therm
AATK=LE 2 SECTION 68 --The sgnature dasysuthonred otficw and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by fammik
snyPomKofAmn8yocCertificebon theredauuxmq theeweudlotl and delrvecyof any bond. undertalong. rBcoQrHzame. othecsumtyhp-d the ComPeny. undsuchsgnature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect,
though manuarty fixed.
In Whe~~wheceol, MEnmDiNG CXMpANy(Mutual] hascaused these presents to be sgned by& Vtce President (u ExecukViPresdenfandhcupofatesealtobeherecoaffuced.!htsdey 7th of Navlgclber AD.1986
Attest.
BY
STATE OF WA "i%P WOchadM
cwKlyoFpoLK 1
OnwS 7th *of November .i9 86 ,beforemeeppeared~~.~ongan
Fbdn6yek8 MI. m me pereondly kwm. who being by mduly8wcmdid qht uley ate vi president and Exearbhe vi presider
-mthewInsbunn(btheCaporaleSealdthesaid~ and that the sad KIstrumenlwassgnedandsealed a behalf< wcapxatknby a.uulo@dits 8oerdofMredors.
~d(heM~~ffiCOMPANY(MLctuel).~qocporatkndescribedmtheforegangkrsCnanentandthattheSec
ln7bdmoiy~. ihevehereurbse(myhandandaffixedmy0Ihaal seal, at thew of Des Manes, lowe the day and par fin abovemlttsn
*.*****
0.- .* %G BRg **** hd-d *e
: + ........+a **
A .:' -* 9 : -: to: Nocq pvbhc A** burw Bar* t % i IOWA i m : : 2 *-. .. w
*e* Ot" ....... .&V : STATEOFlOWA
*e ****. .**
My camwwon DPW
fM-89 :*
*- ~QIAL e.* COUNMOFFOLK a **
I, M J. Lmg, Vim Resident of the MERCHAMS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual), do fomgohg le a bu, andm apy d(hS POWER Of AlTORNPI, executed by COMPANY (Muhral), which Is &ill In force Md sned
* 1Othdayof Feb. '91 8 7.
anc
1NC
h Wmea wherso(, I hsw tmremtow my hand andantxedthsoed of ttm Company, at
mpowarof.nomeyexplres-d
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
I hereby certify that
in performing under the Purchase Order awarded by the Cit
Carlsbad, will comply with the County of San Diego Affirmc
Action Program adopted by the Board of Supervisors, includini
current amendments.
X” 23 )d, - p’ -7 /&. -- *i Date
,/’“
,.* #f4 5
u_
(NOTARIZE OR CORPORATE SEAL)
Title
(Notarial acknowledgement of execution by all principals mus
attached.)
PART 1%
GENERAL ~~~~~~~~~~
The GeR@I?aI &?EOV%~~UJPP@ $OF this eOPskgt3Ce f3hOBB eOPt8~Bft Qf PaEk 1 - GENERAL PROVBSIIQNS
Works Conktruetion, RskeinafeeE E@md fC
Calbfl39nia ChtiIpkQP Of th
BdilZ'diwg~ sheRl c @Em kQ khs FB ~~~~~~~~~ Off $ha 6OBiOWiRg
esdss 8
9, 9982 oaO8ffOEfQ
20 1985 UnbTalYe
3, 9984 LBnBfforn
, 80 ~ 1985 Wit=@E&
<J
waeeaeeae . QG eieE pkovPxiion@, shall%
Publie Warka con@ ~ f2eBnft3rm &a Ed sP@@Efi@&3kbQnG fOE
1 - __ - - .-- ___ - _I -- -_I ---
/
-2-
.I .. ' BQ S.@CeiQP, 0-f~ addt
Aa R(oPs~an &a Bs @w&nge 1
Wh@EQ tRs @Gr& ''~tgh@WIW$et ~~~~~~~~~~~~ Qt*c;GaiBed,"~ "ne,&bd,Og
plans @Cam auaying those
c, GB0 UUUd x., r;halr, bQ
- pEOVfQi@nQp UF3ltSCj
8, Diros$k@nGf
WhO-E'O $he LX9Ed@s nd$'&'@C2%@d," ''LkttElC~Qfi&f ed %'I "bEkLCkOd," GI!!? WOEsdG Of
&fiQi.lQB i%+gk @X@ U8WZp it bIbM.4-A (3h bleciaPstood thak' &ha
BB~SS&%OWS ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ oz ~~~~~~~~~~ GS err QQiri@sr B 2 isat mdod , ana@ otc&t?d ut L35Yc;c!w bmi wuifdn af sisAlap: i%prpla&> 8 f'cdla "ab rGqu'h$ed &a
p P sp 0 r A y e km p 1 P t e %lid GtJ Gppg-bWOd L2i th6 city EwgiRoBr$rg rsnPo@Q &kt3
c 0 Equabrs Qtd &*q3r@Ya2.s 2
W~OE:S tho m~de uteqou&t z a g'api~:i. UW~ aqudi 9 3g kg~~a6i5,w @tjk$@ and such
WctlTdfJ OP or2m.iLald: . i@ Ubt?ds ;e@ ehiiiJ,.$ kt9 UiM$k3CO&Q@d QUCh wd4rda OPQ ~a~~~~~~~~ Lon '"4i %he rq3.fraiaw CP 4hG EwcJiw&@r,~~ FmiiPkijrij. ot gktes-6 wa:;do %b@p:QVcdp go
cp 8PPE av ti91 s 61 c3 ~~~~~"~~~~~~~~ or iwf'ci% of a&, Q2,>t, tkC@ UR@d$ it shall be Uti eiP3tond that kI7e spprnlla W@2$?$ arI; :timilQP imp@Et Eaf' the inc]li.nrscr i63 iint .;raOwUf,
arid f'ravrldet
Bhs WQE~ ~a~~~~~~~~~~ atial.1 o3e ~~n~~~~~~.~~~~~ IC ;r:i3m th:it kh~ c Q @t r CMX O$ at ~~~~~~~~ eXp*fe$t?$ r-rhai I petvazm ;*a ff upQh2ki@no*
B@ib@E, t,uc B and ~~~~~,~~ i & itird fuftthftb.* i ~~~~~~~~ %hk Euroiahing
czy' sna*:eiit$:; that. BTr i iC&f:sid, @p@C'i%i@d, Qk
EO WBL ki~ ~romMc IT,W 1 @at. i~Lt$t~~t~ BX~OWBU~ QQam
iweiwi-in~ rurnlshwq of- ~t.~~te:$~i+~~-y Aerbe~p, LC-B$*@lh IJ $@ax@ *
~~~~~~~~~~~ mL4 ~~~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~*$~
11 tk?~;" we~k g t-~tti~~>'j e:,.T t: j f* jr L :24:e Tlnl ready "tQ U80,
-
1-2 DEFINIIONS
Modify Section 1-2 as follows:
Agency - the City of Carlsbad, California.
Engineer - Project Manager for the City of Carlsbad or 1
approved representative.
Architect - see Consultant.
Board - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
City - the City of Carlsbad, San Diego County, California.
Consultant - Recreation Systems, Inc., 2500 East Nutwood Aveni
Suite 210, Fullerton, California, 92631, (714) 879-6373,
designated representative.
Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
Days - consecutive calendar days unless otherwise noted.
Inspector - the engineering or technical personnel authorized
act as agents for the Engineer in the supervision of work cove1
by these specifications, limited to the particular dutj
entrusted to him or them.
Landscape Architect - see Consultant.
Owner - City of Carlsbad, San Diego County, California.
Working Day - any day except Saturday, Sunday, Legal Holiday,
day on which the Contractor is specifically required by t
Special Provisions, by his labor contract, or by law, to suspe
construction operations.
Substantial Completion - the date when construction
sufficiently completed, in accordance with the contra
documents, so that the project can be utilized for the purpo
for which it was intended.
-
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
To Section 2-5.1, General, add:
Drawings and diagrams for mechanical and electrical work shall
followed only for work for which they were specifically prepar
and shall be considered as diagrammatic only, not to be used fc
any structural guidance or architectural layout.
The Owner will furnish, in addition to the Building Departn
stamped set, ten (IO) sets of working drawings and ten (10;
of specifications. The Contractor shall pay the cc
reproduction for all additional copies of drawings
specifications furnished to him and any costs for hanc
mailing or shipping any contract documents.
The construction plans consist of sheets designated a:
of Carlsbad Drawing No. - . The standard drawings utilize
this project are the latest edition of the San Diegc
Regional Standard Drawinqs, hereinafter designated SDRS
'issued by the San Diego County Department oT Public h
together with the City of Carlsbad Supplemental St2
Drawings. Copies of pertinent standard drawings are enc
with these documents.
Modify Section 2-5.2, Precedence of Contract Documents
' follows:
Change Item 1 to read "I) Permits as may be required by law,
To Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings, add:
Where installation of work is required in accordance wit
product manufacturer's direction, the Contractor shall obta:
distribute the necessary copies of such instruction, inc:
two (2) copies to the Engineer.
To Section 2-5 add:
2-5.4 Record Drawings:
The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a completc
built" record set of transparent sepias, which shall be cor1
daily and show every change from the original drawin!
specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, size
kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all
work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpo:
be obtained from the City at cost. This set of drawings sh
kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and
be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work.
4-1 MATERIALS AND YORKUANSHIP
To Section 4-A.3.1, Inspection Requirements, General, add:
All work shall be under the observation of the Engineer I
appointed representative. The Engineer shall have free accc
any or all parts of work at any time. Contractor shall fi
Engineer with such information as may be necessary ti
-
her/him fully informed regarding progress and manner of work
character of materials. Inspection of work shall not tell
Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract.
Modify Section 4-1.4, Test of Materials, as follows:
Except as specified in these Special Provisions, the Agency w
bear the cost of testing material and/or workmanship where
results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indica
in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions.
cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each
the materials shall be approved by him before the delivery
started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected
tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, aft
trial, it is found that sources of supply which have bf
approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product fi
any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor sh:
furnish approved materials from other approved sources. Aft
approval, any material which becomes unfit for use due
improper storage, handling or any other reason shall
rejected.
All backfill and subgrade shall be compacted in accordance wi
these specifications and the SSPWC. Compaction tests may be ma
by the City and all costs for tests that meet or exceed t
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the City.
Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deem
necessary by the. Engineer. The costs of any retests ma
necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be bor
by the Contractor.
Add the following section:
4-1.7 Nonconforming Work
The Contractor shall remove and replace any work not conformi
to the plans or specifications upon written order by ti
Engineer. Any cost caused by reason of this nonconforming wo
shall be borne by the Contractor.
5-1 LOCATION
Add the following:
The City of Carlsbad and affected utility companies have, by
search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on tt
Plans all utilities which exist within the limits of the worL
However, the accuracy of completeness of the utilities indicatc
on the Plans is not guaranteed.
5-4 RELOCATION
Add:
The temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utili
including service connection, desired by the Contractc
his/her own convenience shal.1 be the Contractor's
responsibility, and he/she shall make all arrangements regs
such work at no cost to the City. If delays occur c
utilities relocations which were not shown on the Plans, it
be solely the City's option to extend the completion date.
In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused t
failure of other parties to relocate utilities which intf
with the construction, the Contractor, upon request to the
may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work afi
by the utility. The portion thus omitted shall be construct
the Contractor immediately following the relocation of
utility involved unless otherwise directed by the City.
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Modify this section as follows:
A construction schedule is to be submitted by the Contractc
Section 6-1 of the SSPWC at the time of the preconstrc
conference. No changes shall be made to the constrr
schedule without the prior written approval of the Engineer
progress payments made after the scheduled completion date
not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or any damages.
Coordination with the respective utility company for remo'
relocation of conflicting utilities shall be requirements
to commencement of work by the Contractor.
6-7 TIME OF COMP-LETION
The Contractor shall begin work within fifteen (15) calenda
after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed" and shall dilic
prosecute the work to completion within 180 consecutive ca
days after the date of the Notice to Proceed.
To Section 6-7.2, Working Day, add:
Hours of work - All work shall normally be performed betwe
hours of 7:OO AM and sunset, from Mondays through Fridays
contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer if
desires to work outside the hours stated herein.
-
Contractor may work during Saturdays and holidays only with t
written permission of the Engineer. This written permission ml
be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Contract
shall pay the inspection costs of such work.
6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
Add the following:
All work shall be guaranteed for one (1) year after the filing
a "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materiE
discovered during the guarantee period shall be repaired
replaced by the Contractor, at his e ense.
6-9 LIQU,IDATED DAHAGES /
Modify this section as follows:
If the completion date is not met, the contractor will
assessed the sum of $ per day for each day beyond t
completion date as liquidated damages for the delay. A
progress payments made after the specified completion date sha
not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE and 7-4 WORKERS CQnP€NSATION
Modify Sections 7-3 and 7-4 as follows:
SPECIAL INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS-FOR CONTRACTORS
Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of tt
contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons (
damages to property which may arise from or in connection wi!
the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, h.
agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors. If tt
insurance is on a "claims made" basis, coverage shall t
maintained for a period of three years from the date (
completion of the work. The cost of such insurance shall t
included in Contractor's bid. The insurance company or cornpanif
shall meet the requirements of City Council Resolution No. 8108.
A. Minimum Scope of Insurance
Coverage shall be at least as broad as:
1. Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Ed. 1/73
covering Comprehensive General Liability; and Insuranc
Services Office form number GL 0404 covering Broad For
Comprehensive General Liability; and
2. Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (Ed.
covering Automobile Liability, code 1 "any auto"; a
3. Workers' Compensation as required by the Labor C
the State of California and Employers' Lia
Insurance.
B. Minimum Limits of Insurance
Contractor shall maintain limits no less than:
1. Comprehensive General Liability: $1,000,000 COI
single limit per occurence for bodily injury and pr
damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a sel
aggregate in the amounts specified shall be estab
for the risks for which the City or its agents, of
or employees are additional insured.
2. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 combined single
per accident for bodily injury and property damage.
3. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability: Wo
compensation limits as required by the Labor Code I
State of California and Employers' Liability lim
$1,000,000 per accident.
C. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be del
to and approved by the City. At the option of the
either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminati
deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects the
its officials and employees; or the Contractor shall p'
a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and ri
investigation, claim administration and defense expense:
D. Other Insurance Provisions
The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contaii
following provisions:
1. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage:
a. The City, its officials, employees and voluntee
to be covered as insured as respects: lial
arising out of activities performed by or on I
of the Contractor; products and completed oper*
of the Contractor; premises owned, leased, hi.
borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage
contain no special limitations on the SCOF
protection afforded to the City, its offic
employees or voluteers.
-
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be prim,
insurance as respects the City, its officia
employees and volunteers. Any insurance or se insurance maintained by the City, its officia
employees or volunteers shall be excess
Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute w-
it.
c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions
the policies shall not affect coverage provided
the City, its officials, employees or volunteers.
d. Coverage shall state that Contractor's insurar
shall apply separately to each insured against wt
claim is made or suit is brought, except with resp~
to the limits of the insurer's liability.
2. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Coverage
The insurer shall agree to waive all rights
subrogation against the City, its officials, employe
and volunteers for losses arising from work performed
Contractor for the City.
3. All Coverages
Each insurance policy required by this clause shall
endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspende
voided, cancelled, reduced in coverage or in limi
except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice
certified mail, return receipt requested, has been giv
to the City.
E. Acceptability of Insurers
Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Bests' ratii
of no less than A:XI unless otherwise authorized by Ci
Council Resolution No. 8108.
F. Verification of Coverage
Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates c
insurance and with original endorsements affecting coverac
required by this clause. The certificates and endorsemer
for each insurance policy are to be signed by a persc authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf
The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms provide by the City and are to be received and approved by the Cit
before work commences.
G. Subcontractors
Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds unde its policies or shall furnish separate certificates an
endorsements for each subcontractor. All coveraqc
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requiri
st at ed herein.
7-5 PERMITS
Modify the first sentence to read:
The agency will obtain, at no cost to the Contractoi
encroachment, right-of-way, grading, and building PC
necessary to perform the work for this contract, on
property, in streets, highways, railways or other rights-of-
Add the following:
Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incident
the work are obtained.
7-8 PROJECT AND SITE MAINTENANCE
Add the following to Section 7-8:
The Contractor will abide by all erosion control ordinani
the City of Carlsbad and maintain all supplies, equipmei
manpower necessary to handle emergencies. The Contractor w
responsible for improvements to the erosion control sys'
directed by the Engineer to handle conditions as they may I
during the Contract.
To Section 7-8.1, Cleanup and Dust Control, add:
Cleanup and dust control shall be executed even on weekeni
other non-working days at the City's request.
Add the following to Section 7-8:
,7-8.8 Noise Control
All internal combustion engines used in the construction sh
equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the p
with special attention to City Noise Control Ordinance No.
Carlsbad Municipal Code, Chapter 8.48.
7-8.9 Erosion Control
The Contractor will abide by all erosion control ordinan
the City of Carlsbad and maintain all supplies, equipme
manpower necessary to handle emergencies. The Contractor w
responsible for improvements to the erosion control sys
directed by the Engineer to handle conditions as they may
during the Contract.
-
7-13 LAWS TO BE O.BSERVED:
Add the following:
Municipal ordinances which affect this work include Chap1
11.06, Excavation and Grading.
9-3 PAYYENT
Modify Section 9-3.2, Partial and Final Payment, as follows:
Delete the second sentence of the third paragraph having to
with reductions in amount of retention.
PART 111
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
~- -
-
DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1.01 - SUMMARY OF WORK
Work Covered by Contract Documents:
The work covers park improvements to Calavera Hills Commun.
Park, Carlsbad, California. Work includes excavatic
blasting as required, grading and erosion control for 1
entire site, brow ditches and drains at the Phase I1 sii
and all Phase I construction including drainage, paving, s
utilities, play area, site furnishings, concrete headel
walks, slabs and curbs, masonry, fencing, restroor
landscape planting, automatic irrigation system, 90-c
project maintenance and plant establishment period, all wat
and electricity for construction and maintenance, and SI
other items or details not mentioned above that are requir
by the contract drawings in accordance with the
specifications.
This work includes furnishing labor, materials, appliance
transportation and services required for satisfactc
construction and completion of the project identified
these contract documents in accordance with Drawings 2
Specifications.
Contracts:
Construct entire work under single lump sum contract.
Acceptance of Site:
The Contractor shall accept the site and the character of t
work as they exist on the first day of work under th
contract.
Maintenance of Existing Plantings:
The Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing tre
and plantings to remain from the first day of work under th
contract to acceptance.
Not in Contract:
Items shown on the contract drawings, but marked N.I.C., a
not included in this contract.
SECTION 1.07 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART I - GENERAL
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Summary of Work: Section 1.01
Earthwork and Grading: Section 2.20
Site Drainage: Section 2.50
Site Utilities: Section 2.55
Asphalt Concrete Paving: Section 2.60
Concrete: Division 3 1 Electrical: Division 16
Description:
Execute cutting (including excavating), fitting or pa
of work required to:
Make several parts fit properly;
Uncover work to provide for ill-timed work;
Remove and replace defective work;
Remove and replace work not conforming t
Remove samples of installed work as require
Install specified work in existing construction;
Properly join work by others.
contract documents;
testing ;
In addition to contract requirements, upon w
instruction of the Engineer:
Uncover work to provide for Engineer's observat
Remove samples of installed materials for testing;
Remove work to provide for alteration of existing 1
Do not endanger any work by cutting or altering work I
part of it.
covered work;
Submittals:
Prior to cutting which affects structural safety of wi
work of another Contractor, submit written notice '
Engineer requesting consent to proceed with cu
including:
Identification of the work;
Description of affected work;
Necessity for cutting;
Effect on other work, on structural integrity I
Description of proposed work.
project;
7 -
Designate:
Scope of cutting and patching;
Contractor and trades to execute work;
Products proposed to be used;
Extent of refinishing;
Alternatives to cutting and patching;
Designation of party responsible for cost of cuttj
and patching.
Prior to cutting and patching done on instruction
Engineer, submit cost estimate.
Should conditions of work or schedule indicate change
materials or methods, submit written recommendations
Engineer, including;
Conditions indicating change;
Recommendations for alternative materials or methods;
Submittals as required for substitutions.
Submit written notice to Engineer, designating time work wi
be uncovered, to provide for observation.
Payment for Costs:
Costs caused by ill-timed or defective work, or work r
conforming to Contract Documents, including costs f
additional services of the inspector, Engineer, or landsca
architect shall be borne by the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Materials for replacement of work removed shall comply wi
specifications for type of work to be done.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Inspection:
Inspect existing conditions of work, including elemen
subject to movement or damage during cutting and patching 1
excavating and back-filling.
After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecti
installation of new products.
Preparation:
Before cutting provide shoring and support as required
maintain structural integrity of project; provide protecti
for other portions of project; and provide protection fr
the elements.
Performance:
Execute fitting and adjustment of products to p
finished installation complying with specified toleranc
finishes.
Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will p
damage to other work and will provide proper surfa
receive installation of repair and new work.
Execute excavating and backfilling as specified in S
2.20 - Earthwork and Grading.
Restore work which has been cut or removed; insta
products to provide complete work conforming to co
documents.
Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide a
finish:
Continuous surfaces - to nearest intersections.
Assembly - entire refinishing.
C -
SECTION 1.10 - ALTERNATES
PART I - GENERAL
The Contractor shall review and become familiar with pertine
specifications affected by listed alternates.
Additional specification sections contain the pertine
requirements for materials and methods affecting the describ
alternates.
Coordinate pertinent related work and modify surrounding work
required to complete the project under each alternate designat
in the proposal.
SECTION 1.20 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART I - GENERAL
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
Summary of Work: Section 1.01
Shop Drawings, Project Data, and Samples: Section 1.34
Project Record Documents: Section 1.72
Pre-Construction Meeting:
Schedule within 15 days after date of award by City Cour
Minimum Attendance:
Prime Contractor
Major Subcontractors
Landscape Architect
Utility Representatives
City Building Inspector
Engineer
City Parks Planner
Progress Meetings:
Schedule regular meetings at work site. Hold called me1
as progress of work dictates.
The Contractor and any or all of its subcontractors
attend these meetings as directed by the Engineer.
-
SECTION 1.30 - SUBMITTALS
PART I - GENERAL
Scope:
Whenever possible, throughout the contract documents, i
minimum acceptance quality of workmanship and materials t
been defined either by manufacturer's name and catalog numb
or by reference to recognized industry standards. To ensL
that the specified products are furnished and installed
accordance with design intent, procedures have be
established for advance submittal of design data and for i
review and approval or rejection by the Engineer.
P r oduc t Hand 1 in Q:
Make all submittals (shop drawings, literature, sample
color chips, request for substitutions) in accordance wi
provisions specified herein, and in a timely manner to a11
for checking and/or coordination.
PART 2 - SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Schedule all submittals no later than 35 days after award
contract.
The City will not be responsible for delays to the Contractor f
any submittal not receieved within the specific time.
Contractor's distribution shall be as required, plus three copi
for City's retention, or number of samples specified in pertine
section.
Transmittal letter and submittal shall be in duplicat
containing date, project title and number, Contractor's name a
address, the number of each shop drawing, project data and samp
submitted, notification of deviations from contract document
and other pertinent data.
Submittal shall include:
Date and revision date;
Project title, number, park name or names;
Names of: City, Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier,
Identification of material;
Relation to adjacent structure or materials;
Field dimensions, clearly identified;
Specification section number;
Applicable standard, such as ASTM number or Federal
Manufacturer, and separate detailer where pertinent;
Specification;
Space for landscape architect's stamp;
Identification of deviations from contract documents;
Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying rev
submittal, verification of field measurement
compliance with contract documents.
PART 3 - RESUBMISSION
Shop Drawings:
Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as spel
for initial submittal.
Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made
than those requested by landscape architect.
Project Data and Samples:
Submit new datum and samples as required for i
submittal.
PART 4 - DISTRIBUTION AFTER REVIEW
Distribute stamped copies of shop drawings and project data
Contractor's file
Job Site file
Record Documents file
Subcontractor
Supplier
Fabricator
Samples:
Distribute as directed by Engineer.
PART 5 - COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to submittal for Engineer's review, use all
necessary to fully coordinate all material, includi
following procedures:
1. Determine and verify all field dimensions and condi
materials, catalog numbers, and similar data.
2. Coordinate as required with all trades and wi
public agencies involved.
3. Secure all necessary approvals from public agenci
others and signify by stamp, or other means, tha
have been secured.
[ -
4. Clearly indicate all deviations form the Contri
Doument s.
8. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Engineer, mi
all submittals in groups containing all associated items; '
Engineer may reject partial submissions as not complying w
the provisions of the contract documents.
PART 6 - TIMING OF SUBMITTALS
A. General:
1. Make all submittals far enough in advance of schedul
dates of installation to provide all required time f
review, for securing necessary approvals for possit
revision and resubmittal, and for placing orders i
securing delivery.
2. In scheduling, allow at least ten (IO) full working d:
for the Engineer's review following his receipt of t
submittal.
B. Delays: Cost of delays occasioned by tardiness of submitta
may be back-charged as necessary and shall not be borne
the Owner.
SECTION 1.31 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Contractor shall submit a construction schedule as requi1
Section 6-1 of the SSPWC.
-
SECTION 1.34 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PROJECT DATA AND SAMPLES
PART I - GENERAL
Submit:
Submit to the Engineer schedules, shop drawings, project d
and samples required by specification sections.
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
General Conditions
Construction Schedules: Section 1.31
Summary of Work: Section 1.01
Project Closeout: Section 1 .70
Products and Materials: Section 1.60
Construction Schedule:
Designate dates for submission and dates reviewed st
drawings, project data and samples will be needed for e;
product.
PART 2 - SHOP DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall submit initially all shop drawings
one complete set of Ozalid transparencies and three comple
sets of prints. After reviewing the drawings, the Engine
will return them to the Contractor. If required to
resubmitted, the Contractor shall correct the origir
tracings and resubmit one complete set of Ozal
transparencies and five sets of prints made from sc
corrected originals for final review.
6. The Contractor shall make such copies of "Reviewed" stamp
transparencies for his own use as required. Submit fi
copies of material and brochures, bound in covers, index
and organized as to type. Any material rejected shall.
resubmitted as required to the Engineer for review.
PART 3 - PROJECT DATA
Manufacturer's Standard Schematic Drawings:
Modify to delete information which does not apply.
Supplement standard information where applicable to work.
Manufacturer's Catalog Sheets, Brochures, Diagrams, Schec
Performance Charts, Illustrations and other Standard Descri
Data: -
Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent informatior
Show dimensions and clearances required.
Show per formannce character is t ics and c apac i t ies.
Show wiring diagrams and controls.
PART 4 - SAMPLES
Accuracy:
Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer
samples shall be of the precise article proposed
furnished e
Number Required:
Submit all samples in the quantity which is required
returned plus one which will be retained by the Engineer
Colors:
Unless the precise color and pattern is specifi
described in the contract documents, whenever a choi
color or pattern is available in a specified product, s
accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Enginee
his review and selection.
Unless all available colors and patterns have identical
and identical wearing capabilities and are identically s
for the installation, completely describe the relative
and capabilities of each.
PART 5 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Review shop drawings, project data and samples prio
submission.
Verify field measurements, field construction criteria, ca
numbers and similar data.
Coordinate each submittal with requirements of work a
contract documents.
Responsibility for Errors and Omissions in Submittals:
Not relieved by Engineer's or Landscape Architect's revi
submittals.
-
Responsibility for Deviations in Submittals from Contr
Documents:
Not relieved by Engineer's or Landscape Architect's rev
unless Engineer gives written acceptance of speci
devi at ions.
Notify City in writing at time of submission of deviations
submittals from requirements of contract documents.
Begin no work requiring submittals until return of submitt
with Landscape Architect's stamp and signature indicati
review.
Distribute copies after review.
SECTION 1.37 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART I - GENERAL
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
Project meetings: Section 1.20
Construction schedule: Section 1 .31
Submit to City:
Schedule of Values, at least 20 days prior to startir
at the site. Upon Engineer's request, support values
with substantiating data. Quantities of designed mater
Schedule of Values:
Used only as a basis for Progress Payment.
PART 2 - FORM OF SUBMITTAL
Typewritten on 8 1/2" x 11" white bond paper.
Use Table of Contents of this Specification for form
listing costs of work for Sections under Divisions 2 throug
Identify each line item with number and title.
PART 3 - PREPARING SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Itemize separate line item cost for work required by each s
of this specification.
Round off figures to nearest dollar.
Make sum of total costs of all items listed in schedule eq
total contract sum.
PART 4 - REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL
After review by Engineer, revise and resubmit schedu
required. Resubmit revised schedules in same manner.
-1
SECTION 1.42 - INSPECTION OF WORK
PART I - GENERAL
Inspection:
The City will inspect and approve all installations a
operations. All submittals to, and communication betwee
the City and the Contractor related to the work of th
contract shall be directed to the Engineer.
Notice:
The Contractor shall give the Engineer a twenty-four (2
hour notice prior to work inspections requested or requir
by other Divisions.
The work shall be ready for inspection at the scheduled timi
arranged by the Contractor. If, in the Engineer's so
judgment, the work is not ready and the inspection must
rescheduled, the Contractor shall be notified and sha
reschedule the inspection, and shall provide twenty-four (21
hours notice of the rescheduled inspection.
In order to allow for inspection, and in addition to ar
inspection required by the City Building Department or ar
inspection required elsewhere in these specifications, tt
Contractor shall notify the responsible agency sufficient:
in advance of the permanent concealment of any materials (
work. The following list is typical, but does not incluc
all, of such required inspections:
1. Foundation material, footing and slab beds;
2. Reinforcing for concrete;
3. Contact surface of concrete forms;
4. Concrete surfaces; such as bearing seats
5. Piping and conduit;
6. Manual and automatic valves;
7. Finish grade prior to seeding or planting;
8. All soil mixes prior to installation;
9. All chemicals and amendments prior to installation c
construction joints;
application; IO. All plant holes prior to planting.
If any work is concealed or performed without the pric
notice specified above, then the work shall be subject t
such tests or exposure as may be necessary to prove to th
Engineer or responsible agency that the materials used an
the work done are in conformity with the plans an
specifications. All labor and equipment necessary fo
exposing and testing such work shall be furnished by th
Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall repla
his own expense, any materials or work damaged by expos
testing.
Any inspection or approval by any representative or ag
the City will not relieve the Contractor c
responsibility of incorporating in the work only
materials which conform to the specifications, and ar:
conforming materials shall be removed from the projec
whenever identified.
Final Inspection:
Upon the completion of the work, the Contractor shall
the Engineer seven (7) days in advance of when he des
final inspection of the work. Engineer will mak
inspection as soon thereafter as possible.
Defective Work:
No work which is defective in its construction or def
in any of the requirements of the specifications sh
considered as accepted. The Contractor shall corre
imperfect work whenever discovered, before the
acceptance of the work.
Inspection Overtime:
The Contractor shall compensate the City, either upon r
of a bill therefor or by deduction from the final amou
the Contractor, for all hours worked by the Inspec
other authorized City employees on Saturdays, Sunda
legal holidays at one and one-half (1 1/2) time
employee's basic rate of pay, plus current rat
overhead.
-1
SECTION 1.50
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART I - GENERAL
Requirements Included:
Provide all temporary construction facilities and contro
for the prosecution of work. Maintain strict supervision
use of temporary construction facilit'ies. Enforce complian
with applicable standards. Prevent abuse of services.
Principal items include:
1. Temporary utilities:
Temporary electric lighting and power.
Temporary water.
Temporary heat and ventilation.
Temporary telephone service.
Temporary facilities.
Temporary sanitary facilities.
Temporary first aid, fire protection and othi
temporary utilities as required by and in acco
with legal requirements.
2. Construction aids.
3. Barriers.
4. Special Controls.
5. Traffic Regulations.
6. Field Offices and Telephones.
7. Temporary Storage Facilities.
8. Construction Project Sign.
9. Clean-up.
Cost of installation and operations:
Pay costs of temporary power installation, maintenance, ar
removal. Pay costs of temporary electrical power used.
Pay costs of temporary heat and ventilation used durir
construction, including costs of installation, power/fuel
operation, maintenance and removal of temporary apparatu:
Pay costs of fuel used by permanent heating system until dat
of Substantial Completion.
Pay costs for temporary telephone service, includir
installation, maintenance, and removal.
Pay costs of temporary water, including installation
maintenance, and removal. Pay costs of water used.
Pay costs of temporary sanitary facilities, including
of installation, maintenance, and removal.
Light and Power:
Maintain in a safe manner and utilize to not consti
hazard to persons or property.
Provide temporary electric power for items listed,
required, throughout the construction period, so that
can be secured at any desired point with not more than
foot extension.
1. Power centers for miscellaneous tools and equipmen
in the construction work.
2. Lighting for safe and adequate working cond
throughout.
3. Power for construction site offices and for
temporary storage and construction buildings.
4. Power to maintain continuous operation of the 0
present facilities during changeover of elec
equipment.
5. Power for testing and checking equipment.
6. Power for welding units.
Comply with legal requirements.
Water:
Provide and maintain temporary water service for drinki
construction purposes for all parts of the work.
Enclosures, Heating and Ventilating:
Provide temporary weathertight enclosures and heatir
ventilating as required during construction to protec
work from damage and as necessary to ensure suitable wc
conditions of the construction operation of all crafts.
In areas of the building where work is being condi
maintain temperature as specfied in various sections c
specifications but not less than 50" F.
Temporary heating shall be of type approved by UL,
Marshal and other governing authorities.
-1
Sanitary Facilities:
Provide and maintain temporary portable toilets and oti-
sanitary facilities for all workers on the project.
First Aid, Fire Protection and other Temporary Facilities:
Provide as required by and in accord with le5
r equireme n ts.
Permanent Systems Used as Temporary Facilities:
When any portions of the permanent systems are in operati
condition, that part of the system may be used as a ternpora
facility provided that the Contractor:
1. Obtains the Contractor’s approval.
2. Assumes full responsibility for the system used.
3. Pays all costs for operation, maintenance, cleaning a
restoration of the system.
4. Operates the system under the supervision of t
subcontractor responsible for the system installation a
ultimate performance. Contractor shall provide tempora
approved filters to adequately filter all air (includi
return, transfer and outside air) being distribut
through the ductwork to the supply outlets.
Miscellaneous Temporary Construction Aids:
Provide and maintain all miscellaneous temporary constructi
aids required for the proper execution of the work, such as
Ladders, ramps and railings.
Scaffolds, hoists, bunkers.
Chutes, barricades, enclosures.
Platforms, swing staging,’ walks, etc.
Locate in and about the work in such a position as .
practicable and where it will not interfere with the progrei
of the work. Remove at completion of the work.
Provide openings where required for moving in large pieces (
equipment of all types. Close and restore all openings ai
finish after equipment is in place.
Barriers:
The owner may provide such watchman services as he deem
necessary to protect its interest during the progress of tt
work. Any protection so provided by the owner shall not j
any way relieve the contractor of the responsibility for tt
safety of the work and the acceptance thereof.
The Contractor shall employ such watchman service as he rnz
deem necessary to properly protect and safeguard the work.
The owner shall not in any way be liable or responsible f
damage or loss to the work due to trespass or theft.
Provide protection for materials, tools and equ
employed on the work, including the tools of workers
owner shall not be held to have incurred any liabili
loss of, or damage to, materials, tools and equipment
Contractor, or of those employed by him by contr
otherwise.
Continuously maintain protection of ’ work in such su
form as will protect the work as a whole and in par
adjacent property, grounds, and improvements from acci
injuries or damages.
Properly protect the work with lights, guard rails, tern
covers and barricades. Brace and secure all parts I
work against storm and accident. Provide excavation
p r oper enclosures. Provide such additional fo
protection which may be necessary in prevl
circumstances.
Provide and maintain in good condition all protc
measures as may be required to adequately protect the F
from hazards resulting from the work and to e)
unauthorized persons from the work. When regulated by
building code or other authority, such legal requirement
protection shall be considered as minimum requirement
responsible for the protection in excess of such mi
requirements as required.
Provide and maintain construction fence, and canopy
required, warning lights in connection therewitt-
compliance with the minimum requirements of applicable
and regulations of public agencies having jurisdnc
Remove protection fence and other related construction
completion of work, or prior thereto when so authoriz
required to maintain project progress. Restore occ
space to its original condition as approved,,
Special Controls:
Dust Control - throughout the entire construction pe
effectively dust-palliate the working area, unpaved r
and involved portions of the site.
Water Control - do not allow rain, surface or subsu
water, or other fluid to accumulate in excavations nor I
or about the structures. Should such conditions devell
be encountered, constantly control and legally dispos~
water or other fluid by temporary pumps, piping, dit1
dams or other methods. Provide, operate, and mail
erosion control devices per plan and City grading code.
-
Pollution Control - comply with all pollution conti
regulations in effect at project site for all materia
equipment and work procedures used on the project.
Welding - provide and maintain all forms of protect.
necessary to prevent damage resulting from welding.
Traffic Regulations :
Traffic Maintenance - prior to start of work, determine t
routing of construction vehicles, and the safeguards E
procedures necessary to carry out the work. Obtain owneI
approval of such routing.
Parking - be responsible for regulating and maintaining orc
in connection therewith.
Field Office and Telephones:
Provide Class C field office on site per Section 8 of t
General Provisions. Office may be of temporary constructi
but waterproof 9 we athertight 9 insulated, well 1 ighte
floored, heated, and accessible for the use of the owne
architect, Engineer and their representatives; approv
mobile units having equivalent facilities may be furnishe
A telephone shall be made available for the use of t
agency's personnel.
Temporary Storage Facilities:
Provide such temporary storage facilities as are necessary
protect materials and equipment delivered to the site fr
damage. Maintain sheds in a clean and sightly conditio
Distribute materials stored in permanent structures
prevent overloading of floors or structures. If on-s
storage area is inadequate, arrange and pay for necessa
off-site facilities.
Construction Project Sign:
Provide a temporary sign of 3/4" x 4'-0" x 8'-0" exteri
grade Douglas fir plywood face with a rigid frame, havi
painted background and lettered name of the project and nem
of owner, architect, and contractor in accordance wi
sketches prepared by the architect. Do not place other sig
on or adjacent to premises. Locate sign where directed.
Clean-up:
Proceed with due caution to protect the work of other:
Periodically remove and legally dispose of all exce!
materials, debris, etc. 7 resulting from his work.
During performance of the work, clean all finger
smudges, smears, spatters, drippings, etc., from his wc
the work of others, caused by workmen in his E
Supplementary cleaning shall be performed as may be r~
due to work performed pursuant to items as listed or
inspection (punch list). Cleaning of various items st
done in accordance with. recommended procedures for resr
material and damage by improper cleaning shall be rec
by the Contractor at his expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not used.
-2
SECTION 1.60 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
PART I - GENERAL
Work Included:
Transport at ion and storage.
Products list. "Or equal" and reference to trade names.
Contractor's options.
Substitutions.
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
Schedule of Values: Section 1.70
Submittals: Section 1.30
Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples: Section 1.34
Testing: Section 1.41
Inspection: Section 1.42
PART 2 - HANDLING
Transportation and Storage:
Products or materials to be incorporated in the work shall t
transported, handled, and stored in. such a manner as 1
assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for tt
work and to facilitate inspection.
PART 3 - PRODUCTS LIST
Within thirty-five (35) days after date of Contract, submit 1
Engineer five (5) copies of complete list of all products whic
are proposed for installation.
Tabulate list by each specification section. For product
specified under reference standards, include with listing of eac
product:
Name and address of manufacturer;
Trade name;
Model or catalog designation;
Manufacturer's data:
Performance and test data
Reference standards
PART 4 - "OR EQUAL" AND REFERENCE TO TRADE NAMES
Whenever in the specifications any material or proce
indicated or specified by patent or proprietary name or b
of manufacturer, such specifications shall be deemed to b
for the purpose of facilitating description of the mater
process desired and shall be deemed to be followed by the "or equivalent." However, if the material, process, or a
offered by the Contractor is not, in the opinion of the Eng
equal to that specified, then the Contractor must furni
material, process or article specified, or one which
opinion of the Engineer is the equal thereof in all ess
characteristics.
If the Engineer shall decide to accept for use in the pro
material which is not the equal of that specified, authori
the substitution shall be made in the manner described for
Work and Changes," with appropriate monetary allowance f
difference in value.
PART 5 - CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
For products specified only by reference standards, sele
product meeting standards, by any manufacturer.
For products specified by naming several produc
manufacturers, select any product and manufacturer named.
For products specified by naming one or more product
indicating the option of selecting equivalent products by s
"or equal" after specified product, Contractor must
request, as required for substitution, for any produ
s pe c i f ic a 11 y n ame d .
PART 6 - SUBSTITUTIONS
General:
The Contractor may offer any material or process wh
believes to be equal in all essential characteristics t
so indicated or specified; and it shall be incumbent up
Contractor to furnish sufficient evidence to the Engin
support his claim of equality. Said offer and supp
evidence must be submitted to the Engineer within 3
after the award of contract or Contractor will be deei
have waived his right to offer substitute materia
processes. Do not substitute materials, equipme
methods unless such substitution has been specif
approved for this work by the Engineer.
-2
Submittal:
Submit five (5) copies of request for substitution. Inclu
in request:
Complete data substantiating compliance of propos
substitution with Contract Documents.
For products:
Product identification, including manufacturer's name a
address.
Manufacturer 's literature:
Product description
Performance and test data Reference standards
Samples.
Name and address of similar projects on which product wi
used, and date of installation.
For construct ion methods:
Detailed description of proposed method. Or awings illustrating methods.
Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with produc or method specified. Data relating to changes i construction schedule.
Relation to separate contracts.
Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparisc
with product or method specified.
Contractor Warrants:
It has personally investigated proposed product or method
and determined that it is equal or superior in all respect
to that specified.
It will provide the same guarantee for substitution as fo
product or method specified.
It will coordinate installation of accepted substitution int
work, making such changes as may be required for work to b
complete in all respects.
It waives all claims for additional costs related t
substitution which consequently becomes apparent.
Cost data is complete and includes all related costs
its contract, but excludes:
Costs under separate contracts.
Landscape architect's re-design.
Limitations:
Substitutions will not be considered if:
They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or p
data submittals without formal request submitted q
35 days of award;
Acceptance wi 11 required substantial rev i sioi
contract documents.
Delays in delivery of specified materials will nc
considered justification for substitutions.
-2
SECTION 1.70 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART I - NOTICE
At least seven (7) working days' notice shall be required f
final inspection; such notice shall be given to the Engineer.
PART 2 - REMOVAL OF PLANT AND CLEAN-UP
Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all i
plant, tools, materials, and other articles from the property
the City. Should it fail to take prompt action to this end, t
City, at its option and without waiver of such other rights as
may have, may on seven (7) days' notice treat them as abandon
prop e r ty . The Contractor shall also sweep all floores bro
clean, clean all exterior work and windows and remove all rubbi
from the property of the City.
PART- 3 - DAMAGE
Damage to existing utilities, trees, pavements or other proper
caused by the Contractor shall be restored to original conditi
at the Contractor's expense, prior to final inspection.
PART 4 - GUARANTEE
All guarantees required by the following divisions of t
specifications shall be presented in writing to the City prior
final acceptance of the work and shall be in addition to t
requirements set forth in the General Conditions of the
specifications.
PART 5 - RECORD DOCUMENTS
Submit to the City prior to final acceptance all record documenl
required by the other Divisions of these contract documents.
PART 6 - CLEAN-UP
During progress of the work, keep the premises reasonably free (
all debris and waste materials resulting from the work. A.
debris, tools, equipment and rubbish shall be removed from tl
site on completion and before final acceptance of the work
Besides general broom cleaning, do the following special cleanir
at completion of work:
A. Remove putty stains and labels from glass; wa
polish inside and outside. Exercise care not to s
glass.
B. Remove marks, stains, fingerprints, other soil an
from painted decorated or stained work.
C. Clean and polish finish woodwork.
D. Clean and polish hardware for all trades. This
include removal of stains, dust, dirt, paint a
like.
E. Remove spots, soil and paint from tile and mar
granite work; then wash and polish. Use acid cl
agent.
F. Clean fixtures and equipment; remove stains, paint
and dust.
G. Remove temporary floor protection; clean and 1
floors.
H. Clean exterior and interior metal surfaces, inc
doors and windows required to have polished fini
oil, stains, dust, dirt, paint and the like; PI
leave without fingermarks or other blemishes.
PART 7 - PREREqUISITES TO FINAL PAYMENT
Before final payment under the contract is authorize1
following requirements of contract documents shall be fulfi
A. Satisfactory completion of construction worl
acceptance by Engineer.
B. Submission to Engineer of required written guarantec
C. Submission to Engineer of "As-Builttl drawings.
D. Deliver to owner a complete file of Operatior
Maintenance Manuals of equipment and materials us
work.
E. The submission, by the Contractor to the owner,
affidavit, sworn to before a Notary Public, stating
all workmen and persons employed, all firms supplyir
materials, and all subcontractors upon the project
been paid in full, and that there are no
outstanding against the project for either lat
material, except certain items, if any, to be set
- 2'
in such affidavit covering disputed claims or items
connection with which Notices to Withhold have been fil
under provisions of the Statutes of the State where t
work was constructed.
SECTION 1.72 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
Project Meetings: Section 1.20
Construction Schedules: Section 1.31
Shop Drawings, Project Data, and Samples: Section 1.34
Products and Materials: Section 1.60
Project Closeout: Section 1.70
PART 2 - MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS
Maintain at job site, one (1) copy of:
Contract Drawings;
Specifications;
Addenda;
Reviewed Shop Drawings;
Change Orders;
Other Modifications to Contract;
Field Test Records;
Construction Schedules;
"As-built" Drawings.
Storaqe:
Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
Use and Availability:
Not for construction purposes.
Available at all times for inspection by Engineer.
PART 3 - RECORDING
General:
Provide red ballpoint pen for all marking.
Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in large, pr
Keep record documents current.
Do not permanently conceal any work until req
information has been recorded.
These drawings shall be up-to-date and so certified b
Project Inspector at each progress payment re
s ubmi t t al.
letters.
Mar ki nq:
Cont r act Dr awi ngs . Legibly mark to record a
construction:
-3
Depths of various elements of foundation in relation
finish floor elevation;
Horizontal annd vertical location of undergrou
utilities and appurtenances referenced to permane
surf ace improvements;
Location of internal utilities and appurtenanc
concealed in construction referenced to visible a
accessible features of structure;
Field changes of dimension and detail;
Changes made by Change Order or Field Order;
Details not on original contract drawings.
Specifications and Addenda. Legibly mark up each section
record:
Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier
each product and item of equipment actually installed;
Changes made by Change Order or Field Order;
Other matters not originally specified.
Shop Drawings. Maintain as record documents; legib
annotate drawings to record changes made after review.
"As-built" Drawings. City will furnish the Contractor wi
one set of ozalid transparencies and one set of blueli
prints showing all work required for the use of t
Contractor as "as-built" drawings. The Contractor sha.
clearly mark on each set as specified above.
PART 4 - MANUALS
General:
Where manuals are required to be submitted covering iter
included in this work, prepare all such manuals in durab.
plastic binders approximately 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size ai
with at least the following:
1. Identification on, or readable through, the front COVL
stating general nature of the manual.
2. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the manual
furnishing immediate information as to location in tt
manual of all necessary data regarding the installation.
3. Complete instruction regarding operation and maint
of all equipment involved.
4. Complete nomenclature of all replaceable parts,
part numbers, current costs, and name and addr
nearest vendor of parts.
5. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued.
6. Copy of the approved shop drawings with all
concerning changes made during construction.
Extraneous Data:
1. Where contents of manuals include manufacturer's c:
pages, clearly indicate the precise items incluc
this installation and delete, or otherwise c
indicate, all manufacturer's data which this instal.
is not concerned.
2. Number of copies required:
a. Unless otherwise specifically directed b1
Engineer, deliver two (2) copies of the manual 1
Engineer.
PART 5 - SUBMITTAL
At completion of project, deliver record docurnennts to Engi
Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in dupli
containing:
Date;
Project title and numbe-r;
Contractor's name and address;
Title and number of each record document;
Certification that each document as submitted is complet
Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative
NOTE: Prior to final payment, Contractor shall submit all r
documents for review, correct all1 deficiencies, obtain req
approvals, and deliver all approved record documents t
Engineer.
accurate;
-
SECTION 2-10 - CLEARING AND DEMOLITION
PART I - GENERAL
The provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Wo
Construction (SSPWC), Section 300, apply except as modif
herein.
Scope:
Protection of all light -poles, fire hydrants, and ott
Protection of trees indicated on drawings to remain.
Clearing and grubbing of the site of work.
Removal and disposal of all deleterious materials.
Furnishing, developing, applying and providing waterj
equipment as required for the project.
Removal and disposal of any additional items not specifical
mentioned herein which may be found within the wc
1 imits.
utilities to remain.
Electrical removals.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Soils reports by Leighton and Associates, Inc., dated Ju
24, 1985; March 11, 1986; May 16, 1986; and November 24, 19
available in the City Purchasing Department.
Earthwork and grading: Section 2.20
Landscape work: Section 2.80
Electrical work: Section 16
Irrigation systems: Section 2.75
Responsibility and Coordination:
Contractor shall secure and maintain all required permits a
licenses necessary to legally complete the work of th
section.
Contractor shall notify utility companies for all utiliti
to be cut off, modified or relocated, and shall maintain a1
protect all active utilities.
Protection and Safety:
Contractor shall provide signs in necessary places to excluc
persons, except those connected with the work, from enterii
the working area. Contractor is responsible for preventii
unauthorized persons from entering work area.
Protect the project site and adjacent properties from dirt
water, mud and water accumulated due to Contractor’
operations, rainfall runoff or water that enters the projec
site from any other source.
Salvage Materials:
All salvage material remaining on the site after of
notification of vacation by the City shall be proper
and removed from the site by the Contractor, except as
on the plans and herein.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
General Removal Work:
Removal work shall be carefully done to avoid dam
existing facilities to remain.
Site Clearance and Disposal:
Clear the site to be improved of grass, weed growth,
(except as noted on the plans), rubbish, debris
pavement, concrete slabs, thrust blocks, etc., that are
removed for construction of the improvements shown construction plans. Roots three inches in diamet
larger, rocks and broken masonry larger than four inc
the greatest dimension, and irrigation lines shall be r
to a minimum depth of 12" below finished grade.
All deleterious materials, including the debris fill as
in the soils report, shall be disposed of off the site
Contractor, who shall make all necessary arrangements E
all related costs.
Miscellaneous existing and abandoned underground facil
drainage devices, secondary water lines, cables, aba
oil and water lines, leaching fields, irrigation
wiring, etc., located 12 inches or more below finish
shall be removed and disposed of offsite.
Holes resulting from removal of buried obstructions
extend below finished grades shall be fil.led with con
soil.
Utilities:
Inactive or abandoned utilities shall be disconr
removed, and plugged or capped subject to the local go\
ordinances.
Should the Contractor encounter any existing under
utilities not shown on the drawings, he shall at once
the Engineer who will determine further procedure.
- 3l
Debris Burning:
Burning of debris will not be permitted except by writti
permission of the Air Pollution Control authorities ai
governing fire authorities.
SECTION 2.20 - EARTHWORK AND GRADING
PART 1 - GENERAL
-- The provisions of Standard Specifications, Sections 300 a
apply except as modified herein.
These specifications present general procedures and requi
for grading and earthwork as shown on the approved grading
including preparation of areas to be filled, installa
subdranns, and excavations, The recommendations contained
geotechnical report are a part of the earthwork and
specifications and shall supersede the provisions co
hereinafter in the case of conflict. Evaluations perfo
the consultant during the course of grading may result
recommendations which could supersede these specifications
recommendations of the geotechnical report.
Scope of Work:
Rough grading as shown on the plans, inr
overexcavation, imported fill placement and compact:
Finish grading of site.
Excavation and backfill for all footings, structures,
etc., and compaction.
Stockpiling and placing topsoil.
Soil compaction as required.
Soil testing as required.
Protective measures.
Dust and noise abatement.
Engineered fill under structures in Phase I area.
Obtaining construction water.
Adjustment of Manhole Frame and cover sets to grade.
Blasting.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Soils reports by Leighton and Associates, Inc., date
24, 1985; March 11, 1986; May 16, 1986; and November 24
available in the City Purchasing Department.
Removal and demolition Work: Section 2.1-.
Excavation and backfill for any mechanical, plu
drainage, or electrical work: appropriate sections.
Earthwork observation and Testinq:
Prior to the commencement of grading, a qua
geotechnical consultant (soils engineer and engin
geologist, and their representatives) will be employed
City for the purpose of observing earthwork procedur
testing the fills for conformance with the recommendati
the geotechnical report and these specifications. It w
-:
necessary that the geotechnical consultant provide adequE testing and observation so that he may determine that t
work was accomplished as specified. The geotechnic consultant selected by the City shall be present at the sj
during all earthwork activities, including clearing i
grubbing, excavation, backfill and compaction, and filling
the site. It shall be the responsibility of the contract
to assist the geotechnical consultant and keep him appris
of work schedules and changes so that he may schedule h
personnel accordingly.
It shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor
provide adequate equipment and methods to accomplish the wo
in accordance with applicable grading codes or agen
ordinances, these specifications and the approved gradi
plans. If, in the opinion of the geotechnical consultan
unsatisfactory conditions, such as questionable soil, PO
moisture condition, inadequate compaction, adverse weathe
etc., are resulting in a quality of work less than requir
in these specifications, the geotechnical consultant will
empowered to reject the work and recommend to the engine
that construction be stopped until the conditions a
rectified.
Maximum dry density tests used to determine the degree
compaction will be performed in accordance with the Americ
Society for Testing and Materials test method ASTM D1557-78
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Water:
Contractor shall make arrangements with the C.R.M.W.D. Watt District, (619) 438-2722, to obtain construction water.
Fill Material:
Contractor shall provide all necessary fill soil to fill tt
overexcavated portions of the site and to provide grades E
indicated on the bulk grading and finish grading plans. Tt.
fill soil shall be unclassified fill as designated in tt
SSPWC Section 300-4. Rock in fill within 3'-0" of the tc
surface shall not exceed 4" in greatest dimension, and a1
interstices around the rock in each fill shall be filled wit
earth or other fine material. Larger rock material may t
buried on site as directed by the Engineer.
General - Material to be placed as fill shall be free c
organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall b approved by the soils engineer. Soils of poor gradation
expansion, or strength characteristics shall be placed i
areas designated by the consultant or shall be mixed wit
other soils to serve as satisfactory fill material.
Oversize - Oversize material defined ais rock, or
irreducible material with a maximum dimension greater t
inches, shall not be buried or placed in fills, unle
location, materials, and disposal methods are specif approved by the consultant. Oversize disposal oper
shall be such that nesting of oversize material do
occur, and such that the oversize material is comp
surrounded by compacted or densified fill. Oversize ma
shall not be placed within 10 feet vertically of finish
or within the range of future utilities or under
construction, unless specifically approved by
consultant.
Import - If importing of fill material is requir
grading, the import material shall meet the r eq u i reme nt s .
Aggregate Base:
Crushed aggregate base shall consist entirely of crushe
and rock dust conforming to the requirements of Sectio
2.2 for 3/4 inch crushed aggregate, of the Percentage of wear and grading shall conform to Section
2.2.1 and 200-2.2.2 of the SSPWC. Maximum size agg
shell be 314 inch.
Topsoil:
Suitable soil with organic content encountered on site
be stockpiled for reuse in turf areas. Topsoil for P
and Phase I1 shall be Class ''C" per SSPWC Section 212
with all rocks one inch (1") and larger removed. T shall be a minimum of one foot (1') deep in all propose areas.
The contractor may furnish Class A topsoil per Sectiol
T.1.2 of the SSPWC at no additional cost to the City
excess soil created by importing topsoil may be dispo
on site upon approval of the Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Blasting :
Contractor shall make video movies of all adjacent
curbs, pedestrian underpass, housing and other improvi
contiguous to the site prior to commencement of
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Site Prokc
Plan indicating blast control measures to be used I
blasting. The City assumes no liability for off-site di
by approving the Contractor's Protection Plan. All 06
damage caused by improper blasting shall be paid for 1
contractor at no additional cost to the City.
-3
Rough Grading:
The site shall be graded to the limit lines and elevatic
shown on the drawings with such allowances as may be requir
for the construction of walks, and other intended si
improvements in Phase I area. Tolerance for rough grading
l/lOth of a foot, plus or minus, at drainage swales, buildi
pads and paved areas. At all other areas, appearance 2
function shall be the governing factor.
Finish Grading:
Finish grades shall slope to drain without water pockets
irregularities and shall conform to all plans and section
after thorough settlement and compaction of the soil at t
end of the project maintenance period. Finish grades sha
meet all existing or established controls of sidewalks, cur
and walls and shall be of uniform slope and grade betwe
points of fixed elevations or elevation controls and fr
such points to established grades. Tolerance for fini
grading is 1/10 foot, plus or minus.
Unsuitable Soils:
Unsuitable soils excavated from areas to be landscaped may
buried in areas under paving upon approval of the Enginee
Any excess shall be removed from the site at the Contractor
expense.
Fill Placement and Compaction:
Fill Lifts - Approved fill material shall be placed in are
prepared to receive fill in near-horizontal layers n
exceeding 6 inches in compacted thickness. The consulta
may approve thicker lifts if testing indicates the gradi
procedures are such that adequate compaction is bei
achieved with lifts of greater thickness. Each layer sha
be spread evenly and shall be thoroughly mixed duri
spreading to attain uniformity of material and moisture
each layer.
Fill Moisture - Fill layers at a moisture content less th
optimum shall be watered and mixed, and wet fill layers sha
be aerated by scarification or shall be blended with drii
material. Moisture-conditioning and mixing of fill layei
shall continue until the fill material is at a unifoi
moisture content at or near optimum.
Compaction of Fill - After each layer has been evenly spreac
moisture-conditioned, and mixed, it shall be uniform
compacted to not less than 90 percent of maximum dry densi'
All othi under slabs, buildings and A.C. pavement.
landscaped areas shall be compacted to 85%. Compactit
equipment shall be adequately sized and shall be
specifically designed for soil compaction or of
reliability, to efficiently achieve the specified de(
compact ion.
Fill Slopes - Compacting of slopes shall be accomplis1
addition to normal compacting procedures, by backrol
slopes with sheepsfoot rollers at frequent increments 1
3 feet in fill elevation gain, or by other methods prc
sat is factory results. At the completion of gradir
relative compaction of the slope out to the slope face
be at least 90%.
Compaction Testing - Field tests to check the fill mc and degree of compacting will be performed by the const
The location and frequency of tests shall be 6
consultant's discretion. In general, the tests will be
at an interval not exceeding 2 feet in vertical rise
1,000 cubic yards of embankment.
. Topsoil Compaction:
Planting soil shall be compacted to provide a stable, u surface in accordance with the specified grades and s
drainage flow lines. Soil shall not be overly compac as to cause surface water to run off rather than be ab
in the soil.
Excavation:
Excavations and cut slopes will be examined during gr If directed by the Engineer, further excavati
overexcavation and refilling of cut areas shall be perf
and/or remedial grading of cut slopes shall be perf
Where fill-over-cut slopes are to be graded, unless othc
approved, the cut portion of the slope shall be mar
approved by the Engineer prior to placement of materia
construction of the fill portion of the slope.
The Contractor shall make all necessary excavatior
footings and slabs and do any additional excavation nee(
to provide ample room for installation of concrete
where required.
Footings will be poured against undisturbed soil, f
where caving occurs.
Bottom of excavations shall be level, free from
material and brought to the indicated or required leve
undisturbed earth. All excavations shall be kept free
standing water. The Contractor shall do all pumpi
draining that may be necessary in carrying on the work,
-4
Should excavations for footings, through error, be excavat
to a greater depth or size than indicated or required, su
additional depth or size shall be filled with concrete,
specified for footings, at the Contractor's expense.
Subdrain Installation:
Subdrain systems, if required, shall be installed in approv
ground to conform to the approximate alignment and detai
shown on the plans or herein. The subdrain location
materials shall not be changed or modified without t
approval of the engineer. The engineer, however, rn
recommend and upon approval, direct changes in subdrain lin
grade or material. All subdrains should be surveyed for li
and grade after installation and sufficient time shall
allowed for the surveys, prior to commencement of filli
over the subdrains.
Backfilling:
After the foundations and walls have been placed, fora
removed, and concrete or masonry work approved, ti
excavation shall be backfilled with earth to the requirl
grade.
Select site material shall be used for backfill and shall I
free from large stones and clods. Material shall be approv~
by the Soils Engineer.
Backfill shall be deposited in layers of 6" thickness.
Layers of backfill shall be moistened with water, the amoui
to be rigidly controlled to ensure optimum moistu
conditions for the type of fill material used. Excess watt
causing saturated earth beneath footings will not t
permitted.
Backfill shall be compacted by suitable means to 9(
density.
All trenches for other work shall be backfilled in accordanc
with this section, and may be tested at the discretion of tt
Engineer.
Protective Measures:
All excavations shall be protected and guarded against dange
of life, limb and property.
Existing improvements and trees within contract limits c
areas of activity shall be properly protected.
Dust and Noise Abatement:
During the entire period of construction, site areas st-
sprinkled adequately to control dust.
-4
SECTION 2.23 - SOIL TREATMENT
PART I - GENERAL
Scope:
All areas to be surfaced with asphaltic concrete a
decomposed granite shall be treated.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Earthwork: Section 2.20
A.C. Paving: Section 2.60
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Product and Application Rate:
"Casaron W-50" (50% Active Dichlobenil) or equally effectit
physiologic-phytopathic equivalent chemical.
"Casaron W-50" applied as wettable powder at rate of 24 lba
in no less than 100 gallons of water per acre, nor more th
150 gallons of water per acre. Chemical shall be applied
damp soil surface.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
General:
Notify Engineer two days prior to application of chemical.
Equipment:
All solution-mixed applications shall be applied with
paddle agitator spray rig.
Treatment:
Apply after the subgrade has been completed and just prior 1
placing the aggregate base course. The time lapse betwet
soil treatment and placing of cover shall be the practicab:
minimum. After the chemical treatment has been made, et
area shall be thoroughly sprinkled so as to distribute kl-
chemical through the first two or three inches of kh
s ubgr ade .
Protection:
The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection t
prevent injury to animal or adjacent plant life and propert occasioned by the application of the soil sterilant. Tt- Contractor will be held responsible for all personal injur
or property damage caused by the application of soi
sterilants or the storage of the same.
SECTION 2.28 - TERMITE CONTROL
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work
sect ion.
PART I - GENERAL
Work Included:
a. Treatment of soil.
b. Certification.
c. Barricades, warning signs, etc., as required.
Related Work:
a. Subgrade preparation: Section 2.23
PART 2 - MATERIALS (not to be construed as a complete list:
a. Chlordane, Heptachlor or approved equal customaril
for purpose intended within the locale and apprc
the governing agency.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
General:
Mix and apply approved material in strict accordanc
manu fact ur er ' s recommendations. Provide a C
recommendations to owner's representative before st
work.
Provide warning signs, barricades, etc., as requi
protect public, property and workmen.
Coordination:
Coordinate with general contractor to ensure applicatio
prior to concrete placement to prevent displaceme
treated soil.
Areas: -
Apply under all building slabs and at exterior perime,
exterior foundations.
Certification:
Upon completion of the work, certify to the owner in w:
that all work has been performed in accordance wi'
manufacturer's recommendations, listing the material USI
dosage applied.
-1
SECTION 2.40 - SHORING AND TRENCH SAFETY
PART I - GENERAL
The provisions of Standard Specifications for Public Wor
Construction, 1985 edition, Section 306-1, Open Trer
Operations, apply, except as modified herein.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions
Section 6424 of the Labor Code concerning trench excavat:
safety plans.
PART 2 - SAFETY PLANS
Submittal:
Plans for bracing of trenches shall be submitted to t
Engineer at least five (5) days before the Contractor inter
to begin excavation for the trench and shall show the detai
of the design of shoring, bracing; sloping or ott
provisions to be made for worker protection during SL
excavation.
Standards:
No such plan shall allow the use of shoring, sloping, OK
protective system less effective than that required by t
Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industri
Safety. If such plan varies from the shoring syst
standards established by the Construction Safety Orders, t
plan shall be prepared and signed by an Engineer who
registered as a Civil or Structural Engineer in the State
California.
SECTION 2.50 - SITE DRAINAGE
PART I - GENERAL
Related Documents:
Sections 207 and 306 of the "Standard Specificati
Public Works Construction," (SSPWC), APWA, 1985 editil
1986 supplements, apply except as modified herein.
Scope:
Furnish and install drain line system as shown
drawings, including material, labor, equipment and SI
required for construction of a complete system includii
not limited to, the following:
P r ot ec t iv e me asu r es .
Drain lines.
Inlet and outlet storm water curb openings.
Obtaining Ph soils report for CMP pipe.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
Curb openings and local depressions and new connections tc
sewers shall be in accordance to San Diego Regional Star
All concrete and concrete construction shall conform to !
3.3 of these specifications. Construct new cover and broc
according to City and San Diego County standards.
All trench backfill and bedding fill material due tc
excavation shall be compacted to a relative density of
determined by the Engineer.
Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP):
RCB storm drain piping shall conform to Section 207-2
SSPWC and shall have a minimum D-load of 1350.
Corrugated Steel Pipe (CMP):
CMP shall conform to Section 207-11 of the SSPWC an(
have a minimum 14 guage wall thickness and shall
bituminous coating on the outside of the pipe and f;
according to Section 207-11.5.2. Contractor shall obt:
pay for a Ph soils report and provide the report
Engineer prior to ordering the specified CMP,
installation will be in accordance with SSPWC Section :
-4
SECTION 2.55 - DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE AND SANITARY SEWER
PART I - GENERAL
Related Documents:
The provisions of Standard Specifications, Sections 207, 30
Section 15.20 - Plumbing
Section 2.75 - Irrigation
Scope:
Domestic water from water meter to P.O.C. five feet (+/-
Sanitary sewer connection to service main.
Sanitary sewer to P.O.C. five feet (+/-) from building.
Backflow preventer: See Irrigation section.
from building.
Connection Fees:
The City shall pay the connection fees for domestic water ai
sanitary sewer service. Installation and associated cosi
shall be borne by Contractor.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Sanitary Sewer Pipe:
Sanitary sewer pipe shall be PVC Pipe conforming to Sectic
207-17 of the Standard Specifications.
Domestic Water Pipe:
Plastic pipe for use with solvent weld socket or thread€
fittings shall be rigid unplasticized polyvinyl chloride P\r
1220 (Type I, Grade 2), conforming to ASTM D-1785. Plasti
pipe marked with product standard PS-21-70 conforms with thi
I: equirement.
Plastic pipe for use with rubber ring gaskets shall be rigi
unplasticized polyvinyl chloride PVC 1120 (Type I, Grade 1)
manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-2241. Plastic pi^
marked with product standard PS-22-70 conforms with thi
requirement.
Plastic pipe and fittings smaller than 2" shall be Schedul
40.
Plastic pipe and fittings 2" and larger shall be Class 31
solvent weld or Class 160 for use with rubber ring gaskets.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Water Supply Lines:
Install in accordance with the drawings, and Section
the Standard Specifications.
Sanitary Sewer:
All PVC pipe shall be laid in accordance with appl
portions of Section 306 of the Standard Specifications.
PVC sewer pipe shall be installed of the dimensions
the lines and grades shown upon the plans. The pipe
have full bearing upon the bottom of the pipe through0
length with the bottom of the trench recessed to relie
load from the pipe.
‘6 Y \
- 45
SECTION 2.60 - A.C. PAVING
PART I - GENERAL
Related Documents:
Standard Specifications for Public Works Constructic
City of Carlsbad standards.
(SSPWC), 1985 edition with 1986 supplement.
Work Included:
Protective measures.
Asphaltic concrete surfacing.
All parking stall painting, located as per drawings.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Aggregate base: Section 2.20
Concrete: Section 3.31
Removal and demolition work: Section 2.10
Earthwork and grading: Section 2.20
Soil sterilization: Section 2.23
Drainage: Section 2.50
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Asphalt Concrete Pavement:
Asphalt concrete materials shall be Type 1 or Type 111 I
4000, in conformance with Section 203-6 of the SPWC. Tt
finish course of A.C. pavement shall be Class C2 or C3 1
4000; however, underlying courses may be Class 82 or B3 1
4000.
Liquid Asphalt:
Liquid asphalt used for tack coat shall be Grade SS-4
Emulsified Asphalt in conformance with Subsection 203-3 c
the SSPWC.
Traffic Paint:
Paint shall be specifically manufactured for traffic lir
markings and shall conform to Section 210-1.6.3 of tt
SSPWC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Structural Section:
Minimum structural section shall be 3" A.C. on 4" agg
base, minimum traffic index = 4.0, actual structural s
shall be determined after the "R" value test ha
conducted by the soils engineer on the prepared su
material. The "R" value test and engineered stru
section must be approved by the Public Works inspector
to the installation of base and paving materials. Stru
sections differing from the minimum shall be noted
I( a s - b u i 1 t 'I d r aw i ngs .
Asphalt concrete pavement shall be constructed in acco
with Section 302-5 of the SSPWC to the limits and
shown on the construction plans and as specified
Engineer. The maximum thickness of any A.C. paving
shall not exceed 2 1/2".
A tack coat shall be applied to all asphalt concre
P.C.C. concrete surfaces to be joined by new A.C. pavem
The rate of application of the tack coat shall
designated in Subsection 302-5.3 of the SSPWC.
Painting:
All traffic painting on paved surfaces, including
markings, striping, etc., shall be painted where noted
plans. Machine apply in strict accordanc
manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two coats sh
applied to achieve the desired opacity. Engineer sh
sole judge of opacity, and his judgment shall be final.
Project Meetinp:
Prior to commencement of any pavement operations
Contractor and paving subcontractors shall attend
pavement meeting as directed by the Engineer.
-5
SECTION 2.71 - CHAIN LINK FENCING
PART I - GENERAL
The provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Wor
Construction, 1985 edition, Sections 206-6 and 304-3 apply exce
as modified herein.
Work Included:
Furnish and install chain link fencing as shown on t
drawings.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Chain link fabric shall be 2-inch mesh, 9-guage, knuckled selva
top and bottom, widths in full height of fence up to 10 feet
height.
Posts, rails, bracings and footings shall be sized as noted .
drawings .
All fittings shall be heavy duty.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
All fabric shall be installed on the "playing field" side I
fence posts and rails or as directed by the Engineer.
SECTION 2.73 - SAND AND INFIELD SURFACE
PART I - GENERAL
Work Included in this Section:
Site layout for ballfield.
Site preparation for ballfield. Refer to plans.
Fine finish grading.
Furnishing.and installing sand.
Furnishing and installing infield surface.
Related Work Specified Els-ewhere:
Site demolition.
Rough and finish grading.
Irrigation.
Fencing.
Concrete.
Play equipment.
Approvals:
All rough and finish grading shall be inspected and app
before start of any work of this section.
All sprinkler work affecting the work of this section
be inspected and approved before installation of topping
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Sand:
7
Sand for use in play area shall be washed plaster sand.
Brick Dust Topping Course:
100% imported and premixed blend derived from crushed I
and brick clay equal to "Angel Mix" furnished by Corona I
(714) 737-5667.
Submittals:
Contractor to furnish conformance tests and obtain appi
of material prior to delivery.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Infield Preparation:
Grade infield area to three inches below finish grac
uniform slope to drain. Prior to placement of three
C -
(3") deep brick dust, graded area shall be treated witt-
non-translocating, pre-emergent herbicide (see Soil Treatme - Section 2.23).
Brick Dust Installation:
Evenly distribute sufficient topping material to bring grad
to required level after incorporation and compacting. Gra
to uniform slope. Thoroughly moisten without flooding a
roll with minimum 3 ton road roller. Match finish elevatio
existing infield.
Sand: t
Distribute sand in play areas to depths shown on plan
Finish depth of sand shall be measured after settlement.
Maintenance:
Remove all vegetation in infield area surfaces as it appear:
Contractor may use a contact weed killer that does not sta
or leave a residue to control vegetation.
SECTION 2.75 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PART I - GENERAL
The provisions of the Standard Specifications, Section apply, except as modified herein.
Work Included in this Section:
Landscape irrigation system.
Irrigation work shall be coordinated with all other tra
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Grading Landscaping
Electrical
Subcutting for utilities
Water Meters:
Water meters shall be installed by the City Utilitit
Maintenance Department with general Contractor to ordf
pay all fees. See plans and specifications for si;
location.
Point of Connection:
Make connection of irrigation system main line at
meters in approximate locations shown. See plan details.
Drawings:
The drawings are diagrammatic only. It is the intent o
plans and specifications that the irrigation system
efficiently and uniformly irrigate all areas accordi
horticultural and soil requirements, and that it sha
complete in every respect and shall operate to satisfaction of the City.
Contractor shall notify the Engineer before starting any
if dimensions differ from the contract drawings.
Contractor shall furnish record drawings to the Engin
representative, showing dimensioned locations of all b
pipe and valves, control pilot wires to valves
controllers. Take dimensions prior to backfilli
trenches. All record drawings shall be done in red ii
ozalid prints.
-5
Within 35 days after award of contract, submit four (
copies of a complete materials list, including manufacturer
name and number covering all material required under th
division, together with four (4) copies of descripti
1 iter ature.
On the inside surface of the cover of each automat
controller, the Contractor shall prepare and mount a cha:
showing the valves and sprinkler heads serviced by th;
particular controller. All valves shall be numbered to mati
the operation schedule and the drawings. Only those are;
controlled by that controller shall be shown. This cha:
shall be a plot plan, entire or partial, showing buildinc
walks, roads and walls. A photostatic print of this plai
reduced as necessary, and legible in all details, shall I
made to a size that will fit into the controller cover. Th
print shall be approved by the Agency Representative ai
shall be hermetically sealed in plastic. This shall then I
secured to the inside of the cover. Show controlli
designation on each chart.
Miscellaneous Items to be Furnished by Contractor:
Provide the following tools as a part of this contract:
Six (6) wrenches for disassembling each type sprinkler he2
Two (2) operating keys suitable to operate each type of Val\
Six (6) quick coupler valve keys to fit type of couplers USE
Six (6) quick coupler lock type cover keys;
One (1) set of automatic controller cabinet keys for eac
controller used;
Three (3) sets of maintenance and parts manuals To
controller, remote control valves, shut-off valves, quic
coupler valves, rotary heads, and all other mechanica
devices with moving parts used in this contract.
used;
used;
(complete with hose swivel);
Guarantee:
A letter of guarantee from each manufacturer shall b
submitted to the owner guaranteeing his materials for
period of one year against material defects and workmanship
In cases where longer guarantees are required by thes
specifications, such guarantees shall be submitted.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Specifying by Name:
Whenever any material is specified by name and numbe
specifications shall be deemed to be used for the pur[
facilitating a description of the materials and estat
quality, and shall be deemed and construed to be follc
the words "or approved equal." No substitution b
permitted which has not been submitted for approval
Agency within 35 days after the contract has been a4
Three (3) copies of descriptive literature, inc
pressure loss curves, nozzle performance character1
etc., shall be furnished for any materials submit
"equal" substitutes. No item will be considered as I
if it is constructed of different materials or alloy OL
a different principle of operation. Piping, tubing, c
valve, or any device through which the flow of wate
pass shall not cuase a greater resistance, turbuler
pressure loss due to friction than that materi
engineered and designed into this system.
Pressure loss curves shall be certified by an imF
commercial testing laboratory with all costs for tes
reports being paid for by the Contractor wishing to mE
substitution.
Contractor shall submit letter (with material list) s
his reasons for any substitution and showing amount of
offered if substitution should be acceptable.
General:
All materials shall be new and of size and type as call
on the drawings. All materials of like kind shall be
manufacture. Resilient valves shall be used at ba
p reventer.
Shut-Off Valves:
Shut-off valves shall be 150 psi WOG bronze ball valve
plans.
Valve Boxes for Main Shut-Off Valves:
Size and type as called out on the drawings.
Backflow Preventer:
Backflow preventer shall be of size and type as called I
the drawings, complete with gate valves and test
provided by the manufacturer of the device.
c -
Red Brass Pipe:
Shall be Federal Specification No. WW-P-351 medium weigl-
IPS, with threads to conform to ASA Specification E
Fittings shall be medium pattern, banded, threaded wi
standard taper pipe threads.
Fittings - Steel:
150 psi galvanized malleable iron, banded,
Unions - Steel:
Galvanized steel with brass to iron seat, minimum 300 1
WOG, ground joint.
Risers - Ferrous Metal:
Shall be galvanized steel pipe (to backflow assembly
Material for sprinkler head risers shall be as called out
the drawings.
Pipe Wrap:
Galvanized steel pipe to backflow assembly shall be fie
wrapped as detailed or to 6 inches above finished grade. U
ten mil PVC tape, two layers (half-lapped) to equal forty m
thick total wrapping. Clean surfaces and prime with soluti
required by manufacturer of tape.
Pipe Compound:
Pure lead base paste type. Use with screwed metal pipi
only.
PVC Pipe (General):
All pipe to be permanently and continuously marked wii
manufacturer's name, pipe size (IPS) and schedule (D-1785-(
for schedule pipe), manufacturer's lot number and N!
approval. Pipe with dents, ripples, wrinkles, die or he;
marks is not acceptable. Pipe shall be delivered to the si{
in 20 foot lengths.
Threaded PVC Nipples:
Schedule 80, Type 1, 3-inch minimum length, except wheI
detailed otherwise on drawings. PVC domestic main t
drinking fountains shall be PVC Schedule 80 solvent weld€
plastic pipe; gray in color, meeting ASTM 0-1785.
PVC Mainline:
Shall be 1120/1220 normal impact, sizes 1 1/2" and SIT
use Schedule 40 PVC, solvent weld type meeting ASTM C
Sires 2" and 2 1/2", use Class 315 PVC, solvent weld m
ASTM D-1785. 3-inch and over, use Class 200, ring
integrally thickened bell ends, rubber ring seals or ga
coupling joints meeting ASTM 0-2241.
PVC Laterals (Non-Pressure Piping):
Normal impact, Class 200 PVC, solvent weld type, meetin
D-1785.
Fittings - PVC:
For make-up shall be of same chemical compound as p
which it is installed. Use Schedule 40 medium-wall fi
for any "all socket" connections. Use Schedule 40 heav
fittings for all fittings with one or more threaded ou
Fittings for ring-type connections shall be compatibl
the pipe on which they are used. Sealing rings sh
procured from the manufacturer of the pipe and
configuration of grooves and diameters provided.
Pipe Compound for PVC:
Threaded connection, including PVC to steel make-up, shi
best grade teflon tape.
Primer:
For PVC solvent weld connections shall be as recommenc
the manufacturer of the PVC pipe. Primer shall be chemi
compatible with the pipe, fittings and solvent. No F
need be used if "Christy's Red Hot Blue Glue" is us
solvent material.
Solvent:
For PVC solvent weld connections shall be as recommenc
the manufacturer of the PVC pipe. Solvent sha
chemically compatible with the pipe, fittings and primer
Sprinkler Risers:
The riser shall be PVC Schedule 80 to fit sprinkler op
in swing joint assembly as detailed on the drawings.
-5
Quick Coupler Valves:
150 lb. cast bronze body, self-closing metal cover wi
yellow rubber protective caps, locking type. Threaded trac
one inch size, except as noted on plans.
Couplers :
Same manufacturer as quick coupling valve; cast bronz
machined shank, coupler to include operating handle. T
coupler equipped with 3/4" hose swivel.
Sprinkler Heads:
Make, size, type and performances as called out on tl
drawings .
Automatic Controller:
120 volt, single phase, 60 cycle electric clock control un
in weatherproof, vandal-resistant metal cabinet, hingc
locking door. Shall incorporate the following feature:
single-station operation, 8-day variable cycle, 0 to '
minutes timing integrally variable; automatic, sem
automatic, and manual operation; manual immediate-statio!
advance; station-in-operation indicator; 24-hour start clocl
on-off and repeat device. No delay between stations.
operate 24-volt valves. All control devices to be capti)
type. Contains pump-starting-stopping circuit. Mast€
\ switch cuts all power circuits except starting clock
Controller shall be as called out on the drawings. \
\ \
Remote Control Valves:
All bronze globe type, contamination proof, slow closing, 15
lb.; electricallly operated, 24 volt, epoxy encapsulate
waterproof solenoid to be an integral part of the unit
throttling device with cross arm on top; manual operatir
device to cause valve to open and close without use c
electricity. Manual operator shall be provided by tt
factory and not fabricated by the Contractor. Valves shal
be of same manufacture as automatic controller. Valves shal
have one year manufacturer's warranty.
Valve Boxes for Remote Control Valves:
Size and type as called out on the drawings.
Electrical Requirements to Automatic Controllers and Booste
Pump:
To be complete in every respect to City Electrical
ready for use and in accordance with manufact
requirements. Provide separate power shut-off swi
panel for each controller. All wiring in galvanized c and fittings from source provided under the elec
section. No running threads accepted; use nipples. C
system shall be 660 volt insulation, NEC standard ani
copper wire and shall be minimum AWG #I2 TW or RW. PI
each controller by a code approved ground connec
three amp minimum. Pump supply to be 440 volts, 60 (
three phase, amp minimum. Use only galvanized
fasteners in securing controllers in position. Insta
controller as detailed on drawings.
I /
! Controller supply to be 120 volts, 60 cycle, single I i
Electrical Requirements for Automatic Controllers (24 volts)
To remote control valves shall be U.F. type, U.L. app
AWG number 14 solid strand copper wire with minimum 4/6L
coating, 600 volt, 75 C. "Common" wire to be white cc (
i Each "pilot" wire to be a different color.
Wire Connectors for Direct Burial Conductors (24 volt):
600 volt 60 C, AWG-UF type, waterproof, epoxy or PVC com
filled containers.
Di-Electric Isolation:
\
Provide between all connection joining ferrous and
ferrous metals, or old (existing) ferrous and new fe metals. Submit for approval type intended for use.
Booster Pump:
Booster pump system shall be a Constantflo model #100BP1!
15.0-C factory prepiped and prewired unit, mounted on a :
skid base, with a capacity of 200 GPM at 150 ft.
exclusive of pressure drop through the prefabricated sysi
Pumps shall be end suction close coupled or in-line I
bronze fitted construction, with bronze impeller and
rings, mechanical seal, stainless steel shaft sleeve,
integral flanged suction and discharge connections.
Motor shall be 1760 RPM, 15.0 HP, 220/440 volts, on the range of the impeller curve without use of the ser factor. Motors installed vertically for outdoor use shal
TEFC.
I 1 I I
-6
Piping, fittings and valves shall be flanged units, r
threaded. All nuts and bolts to be cad plated. Shut-c
valves to be butterfly type, wafer style, lug type, drill
and tapped, and capable of remaining installed in the pipir,
System to include a bypass valve and check valve. Skid ba
to have bolt holes at each corner for attachment to t
concrete. Contractor to bolt base to concrete with c
plated anchors.
Control panel shall be a UL listed combination starter, NE
3R enclosure, door-in-door type, with circuit break
disconnect, through-the-door ON/OFF handle, magnetic start I
i with overloads and heaters on all legs, HOA selector switc
; 11 5 volt control circuit transformer with circuit break
disconnect, control terminal strip, and time delay re1
"OFF" to prevent pump cycling as valve stations open a
close.
The Contractor shall provide all labor and material for ma
power to pump panel, and for 115 volt power between pu
panel and sprinkler panel dry contacts. Sprinkler pan
shall include a pump relay start package. When the ti
clock in the sprinkler panel is energized, the dry contacl
will close and allow power from the pump panel to fec
through the dry contact and back to the pump panel, there1
energizing the pump.
Entire unit to be factory finished with two coats of grei
Rustoleum factory enamel finish, with two coats of Sincla.
Chrome Oxide HI5 to be applied on the base after fir!
degreasing and wire brushing.
The services of a factory trained representative shall t
made available on the job site to check installation ar
perform the start-up, and instruct operating personnel.
report of start-up data, including voltage and ampera<
readings, pressure guage readings, and general operatir
characteristics shall be submitted to the Engineer for recox
purposes.
A sheet metal enclosure as indicated on the detail she6
shall be provided, complete with ventilation louvers withou
need for fans, and two coats of Rustoleum factory ename
finish paint.
A pre-stressed concrete pad, 4" thick minimum and sized t
suit assembly shall be provided.
A paddle-type flow switch shall be provided on discharge sid
of assembly, downstream from bypass piping, to prevent pum
from running under low-flow or no-flow conditions. Switc
shall be set to shut pump off at flows of less than 10 GPM.
i i
I
1 /
(
3
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
General:
All work shall be performed by competent, experienced w(
and in a manner to coincide with methods as set forth I
manufacturers of the equipment to be used and as accel
to the Engineer. No consideration will be given '
design changes unless approved by the Engineer.
Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused durir
operations to any existing underground utility
including existing irrigation control wires, storm SE
sanitary sewer systems, gas lines, potable water 1
irrigation lines, telephone cables, gasoline or oil I
electrical cables, or any other systems (buried or overt
If such damage should occcur, Contractor shall immedi
notify the Engineer and department affected by such da
and shall pay all costs.
Comply with all governing construction and plu
ordinances for all work under this contract.
All work shall be assembled to conform to details and
on the drawings, whether or not mentioned in
specifications.
Verification of Dimensions:
Verify all horizontal and vertical site dimensions pri
staking of heads. Do not exceed spacings shown on dra
for any given area. If such modifed spacings dl
additional or less materials than shown on the draw.
notify Engineer before commencing work.
Manufacturer's Requirements:
Manufacturer's requirements for installation of pro1
shall apply:
1. When no other direction is given;
2. When it is a more stringent requirement than the $
and/or these Special Provisions.
T 1: en c h i n p:
Do all excavation for installation of all work include
contract. Mechanical trenching machines shall be type ta
trenches with straight, parallel sides. Trenches to be
wide enough as may be required to lay the pipe and con
wires. "Pulling" of main line pipe and/or control wires
-6
not be permitted. Contractor shall use all possible care
protect existing trees and plants during trenching. Roots
or larger shall be tunneled under and wrapped with wet burl
to prevent scarring. Cover all trenches in root areas (or
while open) with wet burlap, and backfill within 24 hoL
after opening the trench. Obtain Engineer's approval befc
cutting any root over one inch diameter. All trenching
such areas shall be done by hand.
B ackf i 11 :
After the work has been installed to depths as detailed
the drawings, flushed, tested, and proven tight in t
presence of the Agency Representative, backfill with fi
materials . Allow no rocks or other objects larger than o
inch diameter to fall in the first 6" of cover. Backfi
carefully and tamp properly to avoid any voids. Flooding
trenches shall be done only with the approval of t
Engineer; however, all sandy soils shall be flooded duri
the back ful l-compact ion operation.
After compacting backfill over all pipe lines, Contract
shall remove all remaining debris caused by his operati
from the site and dispose of same in legal manner. A
trenches shall be left flush to the adjoining undisturb
grades. Any work covered prior to field observations by t
Engineer shall be uncovered at the expense of the Contract
to allow for such observations.
Laying of Lines:
Lines shall be staked and installed in the locations shown
the drawings. Discrepancies between drawings and site sha
be brought to the attention of the Agency Representati\
prior to trenching. Do not exceed maximum spacings shown (
drawings, nor exceed the GPM on the pipe sizes showr
Assemble all pipes free from dirt and scales; ream ar
deburr. Piping and electrical sleeves under conrete shall t
set in place prior to paving work.
If cutting or breaking of any paving is necessary, it sha:
be done and replaced with like material at the expense of tt
Contractor. Obtain approval of Engineer prior to any cuttir
or breaking. Hydraulic driving will not be permitted undc
asph a1 t paving . All lines set in place under paving sha:
extend 18" minimum beyond such paving and be cappt
handt ight. No fittings, including couplings, will t:
permitted under surfaces to be paved except where the lengt
of the line under the paving exceeds 20 feet or where line
are encased in sleeves.
Assembly of Metal Pipe:
Do not bend or spring pipe; make all offsets or char direction with fittings. Cut threads with sharp, clez
to conform to ASA specifications 82. Make up joj
applying oil base compound to male threads only.
excessive compound after makeup.
Assembly of PVC Pipe:
' Handle with care when loading, unloading, transporti
storing to avoid damage. Store pipe and fittings under
before using. Transport in vehicle with bed of suff
length to carry pipe flat and fully supported. Store p
same manner. Notify Engineer when each pipe and fi
shipment reaches the site, for observation. Re materials shall be immediately removed from the si
replaced with new shipment of different batch number.
Joining by Ring Seals:
Provide for expansion and contraction at each end,
rubber ring and lubricate with non-toxic lubri
Centerload, leaving all connections exposed. Do not lay in trench containing water or at less than 32' F.
Thrust Blocks:
Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided on a11 pressure
(solvent-weld or ring-type PVC pipe) at all points where
changes direction, or thrust, as at ells, tees, redu
dead-ends, or where the line changes direction greater
10 degrees. Pour blocks to leave valves and fit accessible for repair. Thrust blocks to be of size and I
as prescribed in pipe manufacturer's installation mi
which shall be part of this specification, by reference.
Joining by Solvent Weld:
Use non-synthetic brush to spread primer and solvent usir
larger than pint-sized cans. Clean and refill cans each
Cut pipe square, ream, chamfer outside end at 10 degI
Clean and dry pipe and fitting socket. Scrub full lengt
inside socket and pipe end with primer, prime inside sc
again. Immediately apply solvent to pipe end and to SOC then again to pipe end. 80ttom the pipe in socket and
90 degrees. Hold joint together 30 seconds. Wipe off ex
solvent. Allow to set 30 minutes before moving. Snake side to side in trench bottom, keeping 4" horizo
clearance between two pipes in same trench. Do not lay
in trench containing water or at less than 32' F. Ce load immediately leaving joints exposed.
-6
Flushing of Lines:
Mains shall be flushed, with pipe centerloaded, befo
attaching remote control valves and quick coupler valve
All water being discharged shall be temporarily piped up a
out of the trenches. Trenches to be kept dry for pressu
tests to follow. Install all valves after approval
flushing procedure by the Engineer.
Laterals shall be flushed before sprinkler heads are
place. Cap all risers, apply pressure, remove caps
sequence starting at the control valve. Replace caps befo
removing caps to follow. Continue to end of each latera
Flush until all foreign matter and mud is cleared of t
system. Contractor to provide all materials required f
flushing operations.
Pressure Tests:
Perform all hydrostatic tests in presence of the Engine
after flushing lines. Maintain 150 psi on main lines for 01
(1) hour with all air expelled from line and with all valvc
in place. All leaks shall be corrected in mechanical mannl
without use of epoxy fillers or other filler compound:
Provide all equipment for tests including force pump ai
pressure guages.
Laying of Control Wires (24 volt):
Lay wires in common trench with main lines. Splicing allowc only every 500 feet. Provide 2 feet expansion loop ,
splice. Use concrete electrical junction box with bolt do1
lid at each splice point. White coated common wire
junction boxes to be tagged with 1/4" wide embossed plastj
labeling tape showing controller designation. Use plastj electrical tape and bind all control wires in bundles at 1 foot intervals. Splices, including splices at remote contrc
valves, shall be waterproof. Install PVC sleeve where wir
is not installed with main lines.
Protection during Hydromulchinq:
If seeding of any portion of the site is to be done t
hydromulching methods, Contractor shall protect all sprinklt
heads in the areas to be hydromulched by slipping plasti bags of appropriate size over each head prior t
hydromulching and properly disposed of.
Adjusting System:
Adjust entire system prior to coverage test and again a
conclusion of maintenance period.
1. Set all shut-off valves in the system to ful
posit ion.
2. Adjust all stationary heads to equal and uniform co
using adjusting screws in each sprinkler head
control of the throttle device in each remote CI
valve.
3. Adjust all rotary head systems using pitot tub1
pressure guage attached. Set most critical head il
system to meet nozzle pressure as called out I
legend by regulating the remote control valve while
tube-guage assembly is inserted in nozzle. Adju
radii to fit requirements on drawing if head:
equipped with such a device.
4. Adjust arcs of all adjustable arc type heads so
prevent overspray on areas to be kept dry. This car
mean the replacement of nozzles in stationary he:
nozzles of different cut, i.e., 180 nozzles to char
120 nozzles, etc.
5. At proper time of plant growth, or when directed b
Engineer, Contractor shall set automatic control1
operate as noted on the drawings and shall at that
readjust all remote control valves in the syst
operate heads at optimum performance based on night
pressures and simultaneous demands through the s
lines. This may call for repeat of the pitot
pressure guage tests described above if the Eng
calls for such procedure, at no additional cost t
Agency.
Site Cleaning:
Clean all debris from site, remove all storage rooms an
other constructions and make site ready for planting wo
follow.
Observations:
Observations will be performed by the Engineer at
following times and at random visits when the Engine1
consultant may be on the site.
1. Prework conference. To be conducted prior ti
irrigation work under this contract.
2. Observation of rotor pop-up head staking.
3. Observation of flushing.
4. Observation of pressure test.
-6
5. Observation of coverage performance.
6. Final observations of the completed installation.
7. Contractor shall not cover any work prior to observati
by the Engineer.
8. All observances called for by the Contractor shall
requested in writing, at least 48 hours prior to t
anticipated observation.
All work shall meet the approval of the Engineer or
rectified by the Contractor to a condition that does me
this acceptance at no additional costs to the Agency. If t
Contractor calls for observations and is not ready for t
observations, it shall be backcharged, hourly, includi
travel time for all members of the team of observe
i nvo 1 ved .
Lowering of Heads, Valve Boxes, Quick Coupler Valves, etc.:
All equipment that may be damaged by mowing shall be set
flush to finished grade as called out on the drawings, pril
to final acceptance of the work.
Guarantee:
The Contractor shall guarantee the entire irrigation contr
system against defects in materials and workmanship for
period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of tl
work.
SECTION 2.76 - SITE FURNISHINGS
PART I - GENERAL
Scope of Work:
Furnishing and installing team benches.
Furnishing and installing benches.
Furnishing and installing drinking fountains.
Furnishing and installing bike racks.
Furnishing and installing trash containers.
Furnishing and installing bleachers.
Furnishing and installing tree grates.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Play equipment.
Masonry.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Bench with Back:
Two required. Timberform f2016, 6' long, or equal, wj
Stadium grade cedar or hemlock seat and back with 31'8"
edges.
'i -_ c- /? ,' Drinking Fountain: L-/, ,~~~
a/
One Murdock M-33 brown color. Mount drinking fountain c
restroom building with a 1/4" x 12" x 12" steel plate c
inside wall and according to maufacturer's specificat
Available from Wakefield Associates, 1100 Quail Street,
100, Newport Beach, California, 92660, (714) 752-6204.
Bike Racks:
As manufactured by All Fab, Santa Ana, California, (714)
5271. Eleven required.
Litter Receptacles:
Three required. Shall accomodate minimum 32 gallon
container. Trash container not included. Fitted 32 g
plastic lift-out liner shall be provided. Unit shall be
d 'I 'cl e'/ + aluminum top bronze color, equal to Form Products Mod
Phone (714) 980-1012. Mount receptacle with two
foundation bolts, tack weld after bolting into place.
9 cast concrete, sandstone color, with low profile
-6
Tree Grates:
>I Model #M-4815 by Ironsmith, Inc., (213) 936-7273. Frame t-
\ dip galvanized, grate asphaltic dip. Install according
I manufacturer's specifications.
Team Benches:
Deluxe team bench #TBD-024 with 24-inch extended vertic
supports in lieu of standard surface brackets by StadiL
Unlimited of Grinnel, Iowa, or approved equal.' Distributc
John Devereaux, 2315 Ranchera D$,ive, Oakdale, Californi
(209) 847-7262. Four required. t-;tF-crc (;A/-
Bleachers:
,Four required. As located in the field by the Enginee k' ;I/ Four General Seating Model #PN-203-21, or approved equa
Supplier: General Seating, San Bernardino, California, (71 y' '' 884-9447. Mount on 4'' x 4" pressure treated Douglas Fir.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Installation shall be in the locations shown on the drawin
after approval of precise location by Engineer. Insta
according to manufacturer's written instruction or according
approved shop drawings.
Any item surface mounted to a concrete slab shall be mount
using minimum 3/8" long lag screws in expansion shields.
Tree Grates:
Installation shall be in locations designated on plan. Fo
concrete by using the frame or with plywood cut to the exa
dimension of the frame, no disfigurations due to improp
forming shall be allowed. Install frame and grate accordi
to manufacturer's specifications.
SECTION 2.80 - LANDSCAPE PLANTING
PART I - GENERAL
The provisions of the Standard Specifications, Section 2
308 apply except as modified herein.
Work Included in this Section:
Finish grading (fine),
Soil preparation.
Tree supports.
Furnishing plants and planting.
Fertilizer, iron sulfate and soil amendment.
Watering .
Project maintenance period: minimum 90 calendar days.
Soils analysis.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Rough grading.
Finish grading.
Irrigation system.
Approvals:
All sprinkler work shall be inspected and approved t
starting any work of this section, except that specimen
shall be installed prior to beginning sprinkler work.
All turf areas shall be planted and all landscape pl~
shall be installed and approved prior to the commenceme
the plant period.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Tree Supports:
Stakes for trees shall be round, of Lodge Pole pine,
from the entire bole of the tree with bark remove
completely treated in a solution of pentachlorophenol.
shall be at least 2" or 2 1/2" in diameter, conically PO
at one end. 10" long tapered point andl chamfered a
other end.
Ties shall be "Wonder Tree-Tie" or equal, black in c
install according to manufacturer's specifications.
-7
Tree Trunk Protector:
For trees in lawn areas only the Contractor shall supply a
install an approved tree trunk protector device equal
"Tree Boot" as available through V.I.T. Company, (714) 89
8338.
Plant Materials:
All plant material shall meet requirements in the Standa
Specifications, Section 212-1.4. Plant list on landsca
plan. All quantities shall be verified in place on t
site.
Plants not approved are to be removed from site immediate
and replaced with suitable plants.
Engineer shall inspect and approve of specimens befo
delivery to site; all others on deliver. Agency may reje
entire lot of plants represented by defective sample
Random samples will be inspected for root condition.
Turf Seed Mfxes:
All seed shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed, premixed
mechanical mixer to proportions specified. Minimum puri
and germination as follows:
Pr opo r t ion
Turf Mix by weight Purity Germination
Ryegrass (50% 20% 95% 9 0%
Pennfine,
50% Derby
by count)
Red fescue 30% 98% 80%
Bermuda grass* 50% 98% 8 5%
(certified
Arizona common)
* Hulled seed shall be used if planted April throu
September. Unhulled seed shall be used if planted Octob
through March.
Seeding rate: 250 pounds per acre. (5.7 pounds per 1,0
square feet).
Erosion Control Seed Mix:
SEED MIX A
PERCENTAGE BOTANICAL NAME POUNDS/ACRE
Limonicam perezii 1.2 Tr i fo lium f r agi fer ium 10 plus innocul
Achillea filipendulina .25
Acacia redolens 5
California Coastal Range Wildflowers* 1.2
Encelia californica 1 .o
Mimulus puniceus 1 .o
Rhus integrifolia 1 .o
SEED MIX E
Cali fo rnia Coast a1 Range Wildflowers* 3
Festuca megalura 4
"Supplied by Environmental Seed Producers, Inc., (818) 442-
All of the above seeds will be cleaned to a 98% purity.
Commercial Fertilizers:
Planting Tablets. Tightly compressed, long-lasting,
release fertilizer tablets weighing 21 grams, w
potential acidity of not more than 5% by weight and hav
analysis of 20-10-5 derived from the source listed
following guaranteed analysis:
Guaranteed Analysis
Total Nitrogen (N) ................... 2
Derived from u r ea- f o rma lde h yd e.
7.0% water soluble Nitrogen, 13.0% water
insoluble Nitrogen
Available Phosphoric Acid (P 0). ............ 1
Derived from calcium phosphate
Soluble Potash (K 0) ..................
Combined Calcium (Ca). .................
Derived from calcium phosphates,
Combined Sulfur (S). ..................
Derived from ferrous and potassium sulfates.
Iron (expressed as elemental fe) ............
Derived from ferrous sulfate.
Potential Acidity: 5% or 100 lbs. Calcium Equivalent per t
-7
Fertilizer 16-7-12: Fertilizer shall be a long-lasting, slo
release fertilizer compound having an N-P-K ratio of 16-7-12
Iron), and shall be derived from the sources listed in t
following analysis and be a blend of resin coated prills (whi
supply controlled release nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassiu
and uncoated, rapidly soluble prills containing nitrogen a
phosphorus.
Guaranteed Analysis
Total Nitrogen (N) ................... 16.0
8.5% Ammoniacal Nitrogen. Derived
from Ammonium Nitrate, Ammonium
Phosphates, and Ammonium Sulfate.
Available Phosphoric Acid (P 0). ............ 7.0
Derived from Ammonium and Calcium Phosphates
Soluble Potash (K 0) .................. 12.0
Combined Sulfur (5). .................. 5.0
Derived from Potassium Sulfate and Iron Sulfates.
Iron (Fe) expressed as Elemental ............ 2.5
Derived from Iron Sulfates.
Potential Acidity: 800 lbs. Calcium Carbonate Equivalent p
ton.
Fertilizer 12-1 2-1 2: Fertilizer shall be rapidly soluble pril
containing equal amount of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash pl
sulfur and calcium and derived from the following sources:
Guaranteed Analysis
Total Nitrogen (N) ................... 12.00
As Ammoniacal derived from Ammonium Sulfate
and Ammonium Phosphate.
Available Phosphoric Acid (P 0). ............ 12.0(
Derived from Ammonium Phosphate.
Soluble Potash (K 0) .................. 12.0(
Derived from Sulfate of Potash.
Sulfur (S) expressed as elemental. ........... 15.0[
Derived Sulfate.
Calcium (Ca) ...................... 2.1[
Derived from Gypsum.
Ammonium Sulfate: Conforming to the requirements of 1
Agricultural Code of the State of California.
Iron Sulfate: Ferric sulfate or ferrous sulfate in pe
or granular form containing not less than 78.5%
expressed as metallic iron, and shall be registered
agricultural mineral with the State Department of Agric
in compliance with Article 2, "Fertilizing Mater
Section 1030 of the Agricultural Code.
Soil Amendment: Soil amendment shall be an organic woo
product, Type I, derived from Redwood or Cedar on
specified in the Standard Specifications, Secti-2-1
Hydromulch Materials:
Water. General precautions should be observed when d
water from sources other than main pressure, The
filters may be required when directed. Such water m
free of impurities.
Seed. Lawn and native plant seed as previously specifi
Wood Fiber Mulch. Fiber shall be produced from cel
such as wood pulp or similar organic material and shall
such character that it will disperse into a uniform
when mixed with water. The fiber shall be of such cha
that when used in the applied mixture an absorptive or
mate, but not a membrane, will result on the surface
ground. Materials which inhibit germination of growth
not be present in the mixture.
Binding Agent. Dry powder organic concentrate. El
Controls M-Binder or equal. Available from Ro
Fertilizer Company, (714) 5-38-3575.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Agronomic Soils Tests Prior to Amending Soil:
After completion of fine grading and prior to
preparation, the Contractor shall obtain agronomic
tests for all planting areas. A minimum of one samp
two acres of lawn shall be required. Tests sh
performed by an approved agronomic soils testing lab0
and shall include a fertility and suitability analysi!
written recommendations for soil amendment, fertilize.
chemical conditioner application rates for soil prepar,
auger hole requirements, and maintenance and post-mainkc
fertilization program for all areas.
- 7'
Agronomic Soil Test After Amendinq Soil:
After the soil amendment procedure has been completed ai rior to commencement of planting, the Engineer will take 01
:ample per two acres of lawn of amended soil.
If any deficiencies are found, the elements required to I
added to the planting areas to comply with the
specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. TI
additional soil testing costs to insure conformance will I
borne by the Contractor.
After certification by the laboratory that amendme
procedures have been complied with, the Contractor m
proceed with planting.
Permissible limits of analytical deviation are as follows:
Items Permissible Limit -
Percentage organic matter +/- 20%
available nitrate plus ammonic nitrogen +/- 20%
available phosphate phosphorus +/- 20%
available potassium +/- 20%
Mineral nutrients:
Finish Grading:
Before any planting operations start in any area, all trs
and deleterious materials on the surface of the ground sha
be removed and disposed of. After completion of fine gradi
and prior to soil preparation, the Contractor shall adhere
the Agronomic Soils Test and Report recommendations
required, except for the minimums specified herein,
All weed growth within the areas to receive planting shall
removed. Areas containing common Bermuda grass, except thc
designated to be planted lawn, shall be fumigated wi
materials approved by the Agency.
Lawn areas shall be graded so that after cultivatio
amendment and settlement, the soil shall be 1" below the t
of curb or paving. All flow lines shall be maintained
allow for free flow of surface water. Displaced mater:
which interferes with drainage shall be removed and placed
directed. Low spots and areas of improper drainage shall
re-graded to drain properly to the satisfaction of 1
Engineer.
(All turf planting areas shall be cultivated until the soil
brought to a loose friable condition to a depth of I
Remove all rocks and debris. Evenly distribute so.
amendments at six (6) cubic yards per 1,000 sq. ft., i
j thoroughy incorporate into upper 6" of soil with mechanic
tiller.
/
Finish grades shall be so graded that required toleranr
met after settlement at the end of the project mair
period.
Tree Supports:
All trees shall be supported at time of planting as
for on planting plan.
Planting :
All trees shall be planted, staked and tied as no
drawings and in City landscaping standards. Plants sh
planted where shown on plans or as directed by Engineer
Trees, shrubs and ground covers shall be planted
seeding.
Plant pits for container plants shall have vertical sid
shall be the size noted on drawings.
Backfill material for plant pits shall be a mixture as
on drawings. The materials shall be throughly mixed 1
bottom of the pit so that they are evenly distributc
without clods or lumps. Backfill shall be so placed :
pits that the plant will be at its natural growing heigt
the backfill material will be level one inch
surrounding soil after settlement.
Install planting tablets as follows:
I gallon plants 1 tablet
5 gallon plants 3 tablets 15 gallon plants 5 tablets
Position the plant in the hole and backfill no higher
halfway up the rootball. Place the recommended numb
tablets evenly around the perimeter of, and immedi
adjacent to, the root ball at a depth which is betwee
middle and the bottom of the rootball.. Complet backfilling, tamp and water.
Specimen Plants. Use one tablet for each 1/2 inch of trunk diameter or for each one foot of height. Sink ta
6 to 8 inches deep evenly spaced around the drip line.
Before plants are transported to the planting area,
shall be properly pruned by thinning out to reduce damat
wind and to protect lateral growth.
No plants shall be transported to the planting area that
not thoroughly wet throughout the ball of earth surrour
the roots. Plants should not be allowed to dry out,
- 77
shall any roots be exposed to the air except during the ac
of placement. Any plants that in the opinion of the Enginee
are dry or in wilted condition when delivered or thereafter
whether in place or not, will not be accepted and shall bl
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
Turf Inst allat ion:
Grade smooth all surfaces to be seeded. Soil surface shal
be 1" below adjacent walks after settling. Roll lightly an
fill in all soil depression. Under mechanical seedin
method, incorporate 20 lbs./1,000 sq. ft. of 16-7-12 (+ Iron
in the upper 2" of soil.
Soil shall be level, smooth and moist before seeding.
The seed bed shall be inspected by the Engineer to determin
its suitability prior to seeding. The Contractor shal
obtain approval before seeding grass. No seeding shall b
performed until all other construction operations have bee
completed, except by- authorization o'f the tngineer.
Seed bed mulch will be required according to the seedin
method selected by the Contractor, which shall be approved b
the Engineer.
H dromulch: (If selected, 16-7-12 (+ Iron) shall be incorporate
*rry in lieu of soil incorporation in lawn areas.)
Mixing of Hydromulch Slurry. Mixing shall be performed in
tank with a built-in continuous agitation and recirculatio
system of sufficient operating capacity to produce
homogenous slurr of fiber, M-binder, seed, fertilizer an
water in the designated unit proportions:
Fiber Minimum 1,500 lbs. per acre, 2,00
lbs. per acre on slopes 5:l o
greater.
Seed As specified.
M-Binder 100 lbs. per acre, 150 lbs. pe
acre on slopes.
Fertilizer 870 lbs. per acre (lawn area
only).
Water 3,000 gallons per acre
On slopes composed of sandy soils and slope areas subject t
erosion, apply the material in two applications as follows
First application: 500 lbs. fiber, 50 lbs. M-binder, seed
and ' water as required, Second application: 1,500 lbs
fiber, 100 lbs. M-binder, and water as required.
With agitation system operating at part speed, water s
added to the tank, good recirculation shall be estak
Materials shall be added in such a manner that t
uniformly blended into the mixture in the fa
sequence:
When tank is 1/3 filled with water:
Add binding agent - 1/2 acre requirement.
Add 3 - 50 pound bales of fiber.
Add seed - 1/2 acre requirement.
Add NPK fertilizer - 1/2 acre requirement.
Agitate mixture at full speed when the tank i
filled with water.
Add remainder fiber requirement before tank i
full. Slurry distribution should begin
immediately.
Area to be hydromulched shall be moistened to a depth
inches just prior to application.
Application: Hydromulch slurry shall be applied und
pressure evenly and result in a uniform coat on all a
be treated. Care shall be exercised to assure that pl
place are not subjected to the direct force
application. Slurry shall be immediately removed from
structures, etc., that are inadvertently sprayed.
Mulch. Under any method other than hydromulching, 11
of mulch shall be spread over all seeded areas.
Watering:
Apply water to all planted areas during operatic
thereafter, until acceptance of work.
Plants which cannot be watered efficiently with the e)
water system shall be watered by means of a hose,
Immediately after planting, apply water to each t~
shrub. Apply water in a moderate stream in the plantir
until the material about the roots is completely sat
from the bottom of the hole to the top of the ground.
Apply water in sufficient quantities and as often as se
conditions require to keep the planted areas wet
times, well below the root system of grass and plants.
All ground cover planting shall be immediately sprink
avoid drying out until the entire planted area is thor
watered and the soil soaked to the full depth OF each
hole.
- 79
All hydromulch and seeds should be kept damp at all times an(
irrigation should be adjusted accordingly. This normall)
would involve four to six watering periods daily; each wate
period (ON) regulated to just dampen the mulch and see
without creating runoff. Intervals between irrigations (OFF
should be judged by the length of the time mulch and seed:
remain damp. Once mulch and seeds begin to dry out, th
watering (ON) should be repeated.
Turf Mowing:
The grass shall be edged whenever necessary. The grass shal
be mowed with a sharp mower before it exceeds 2” in height
The grass will be cut to not less than 1 1/2” and, during th
period of maintenance, the grass will not be allowed t
exceed 2“ in height.
Project Maintenance:
Project maintenance consists of a minimum 30-day plar
establishment period and a subsequent 60-day maintenanc
period, consituting a total minimum 90-day maintenanc
period.
The plant establishment period commences when all plants ai
all turf (grass) has been planted. The establishment peril
will continue until all turf areas have been mowed to kt
specified height at least once, but not less than 30 days.
The Contractor shall water ALL hydraseeded banks to mainta.
a moist condition to promote germination and growth duri
the establishment and maintenance period. Method of wateri
the non-irrigated banks is the Contractor’s option. A
erosion created by poor water management shall be repaire
replanted and maintained.
Water grass until acceptance of work. The areas shall
kept moist, but not glistening wet, until time for the fir
cutting of grass. After first cutting, water turf
maintain a thriving condition. Any areas where the see
fail to germinate satisfactorily shall be immediate
reseeded. The Contractor shall maintain the turf areas unt
an even, close stand of grass is obtained.
The establishment period shall be extended beyond the 30-c‘
minimum at no cost to the City until all turf areas have bt
mowed to the specified height and a close stand of grass
attained to the satsifaction of the Engineer.
Project maintenance work shall commence after the Ager
Representative has approved plant establishment and shc
continue for 60 additional days.
Project maintenance work shall consist of applyin!
fertilizing all areas, weeding, caring I'or plants, :
walks, litter pickup, and performing all general
maintenance.
The Contractor shall be responsible for detecting r
deficiencies in all landscaped areas, turf diseases ar
as soon as their presence is manifested. He shi
immediate action to identify the problem anc
immediately apply remedies. If the above and fc
conditions are not complied with, the Contractor st
plant the grass and maintain the turf until a healthy,
turf is re-established, and shall maintain that are:
additional 60 days at no additional cost to the owner.
During the project maintenance period, all. plants and
areas shall be kept well watered and kept weed free
times. Weeds, Dallas and Johnson grass, and Bermud
shall be removed and disposed of (except Bermuda gra
be allowed to remain in lawn areas). Provide
attention for watering slopes planted to lawn on the w
and/or sunny side so that lawn will adequately be wat
all times.
Immediately after the second cutting of grass, wher
occur in grass areas, the grass shall be turned un
neatly edged 18'' away from the plants. The lawn edge
be maintained in a neat condition until acceptance
work.
Workmen shall not be allowed to walk on turf
unnecessarily before, during or after seeding oper
Turf areas that have been damaged or compacted s
recultivated and reseeded at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor shall, by the agronomic soils test,
supplemental feedings of fertilizer as required to mai
healthy turf and all other plantings including slope
Minimum requirement: 35 days after initial planting ai
prior to final inspection.
In order to carry out the project maintenance wo.
Contractor shall maintain a sufficient number of I
adequate equipment to perform the work herein specific
the time any planting is done until the end of the I
maintenance period or until the final approval.
The Contractor may be relieved from maintenance work rt
in these special provisions when the project maintenani
has been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer,
Damage to planting areas shall be repaired immediately,
- 81 -
Contractor shall continue to pick up rocks that surface and
are 1" or greater in diameter.
Replacement of Plants:
All plants that show signs of failure to grow at any time
during the life of the contract, or those plants so injured
or damaged as to render them unsuitable for the purpose intended, shall be immediately replaced in kind at the expense of the Contractor.
Tree Guarantee:
The Contractor shall guarantee all trees from disease or
death and injury resulting from improper planting for a
period of one year after final acceptance of project.
The Contractor shall replace at no expense to the Agency as
soon as possible plants that are dead or not in a vigorous,
healthy growing condition. Replacement shall be of the same
kind and size as originally specified and shall be planted as
described on the drawings and in the specifications.
The Contractor shall not be held liable for loss of plant
materials during the guarantee period due to lack of care,
vandalism or accidental causes.
Landscape Inspections:
A written notice requesting landscape inspection should be
submitted to the Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to the
anticipated date. Prior to this inspection, the site must be
thoroughly cleaned up and all excess material and debris
removed.
The following inspections are required:
Prior to the start of the 90 calendar day plant establishment
and p roject maintenance period, the Contractor will b e
required to have a complete inspection and approval of all
1 andscape construct ion it ems.
At 30th calendar day.
At 60th calendar day.
At completion of the maintenanace period.
Certification:
Written certifications required which are to be submit
the Agency Representative upon delivery to the jo
include:
Quantity of commercial fertilizer used.
Quantity of soil amendments.
Quantity of seed.
Quantity of iron sulfate.
Quantity of soil sulfur.
Quantity of agricultural gypsum.
Quantity of hydromulch materials.
+.
- 83
t
SECTION 3.30 - CONCRETE WORK
All requirements of Division I shall apply to work of thi
section.
PART I - GENERAL
Work Included:
a. All concrete work not otherwise specified and form fc
b. Reinforcement steel and embeded items, including dowe:
c. Forms for concrete.
d. Grouting steel base plates.
e. Tests and inspections.
f. Finishing.
General Requirements:
concrete.
in concrete for masonry.
Field Conditions - Verify drawing dimensions with actu
field conditions. Inspect related work and adjace
surf aces. Report all conditions which prevent prop
execution of this work.
Conditions - Conform in general to requirements of t
American Concrete Institute Manual of Concrete Practic
where not otherwise superseded by the contract documents.
Codes - Materials and work shall conform to the governi
Building Code. In case of conflict between the
specifications and the Building Code, the more stringe
shall govern.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Portland Cement Concrete:
Portland Cement Concrete will conform to Section 201-1 of 1
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construct.
(SSPWC), 1985 edition. Concrete shall attain the minimum :
day strength as shown on the plans. Contractor shall subr
the mix design in accordance with Section 1.30 of thc
specifications. Aggregate shall be Grade C. Coloring '
exposed concrete shall be by Admixture, Incorporai
(Monrovia, California) or Scofield Products, Inc.
Gravel Base or Fill:
Gravel base or fill shall be 3/4" crushed rock per Seck.
200-1 of the SSPWC.
Steel Reinforcement for Concrete:
Steel reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall me
requirements of Section 201-2 of the SSPWC.
Forms:
For exposed work, use PS 1-74 "B-B Concrete Forms," p
forms for metal forms. Elsewhere, forms may be pl
metal or 1" x 6" boards.
Concrete Curing Compound:
Curing compound shall conform to Section 201-4 of the '
The following products are approved:
1. "Hunts MD 7C," manufactured by Hunt Process Cor
Inc.
2. "Curetox," manufactured by Toch Brothers, Inc.
3. nKure-N-Seal," manufactured by SoiTneborn Bu
Products.
Grout or Dry Pack:
Grout or dry pack shall be Five Star Grout, Master Bui
Company "Embeco," or Cement Morter in accordance with St
201-5 of the SSPWC.
Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants:
Expansion joints and slab-on-grade joints shall confc
Section 201-3 of the SSPWC and the following:
1. Filler: Pre-formed, non-extruding, resilient, confc
to ASTM Dl751 or D1752.
2. Interior slab control joints: Plastic "quick Joint'
removable top band. Depth shall be 1/4 the
thickness minimum.
3. Exterior slab control joints: 1" deep "Goldblatt"
tooled joints.
Vapor Barrier:
Underslab vapor barrier shall meet the requirement
Standard PS 17-69, 10 mil. thick polyethyl.ene sheetinc
minimum 2" wide waterproof plastic tape, self-adhering
Polyethelene curing sheeting, 6 mil. minimum thick.
- 85
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Design Mix:
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for record only
design mixes for each strength of concrete. Concrete shal
attain the minimum 28-day strength shown on the drawings.
For all concrete designated to be colored, coloring shall b
included in the mix at the mixing plant, as recommended b
the coloring manufacturer. All colored concrete shall hav
consistent color.
Prior to producing colored concrete for job use, make an
cure samples containing all ingredients to be used until th
color is approved by the Engineer.
Mixing:
Ready-mixed concrete shall be used. The rate of delivery
haul time, mixing time, and hopper capacity shall be SUC
that concrete delivered will be placed in forms within 9
minutes from time of introduction of cement and water t
mixer. Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94.
With each load of concrete, a "trip ticket" shall b
delivered to the job site. Trip tickets,shall clearly sho
the weight or other proper designation of each ingredient i
each load and be signed by a licensed weighmaster. Tri
tickets shall also show the times of loadings and departur
from the ready-mixed plant. Copies of every tiket shall b
given to the Engineer.
With the approval of the Engineer, a batch machine mixer o
approved type may be used only for batches of less than on
cubic yard.
Gravel Fill:
Where indicated on the drawings, place specified gravel fill
Unless shown otherwise, fill under concrete slabs shall be o
4" of compacted thickness. Compaction shall be accomplishe
as specifed under Earthwork or Excavation and Backfill.
Vapor Barrier:
Install under interior floor slabs on compacted grade. La
joints 6" in the direction of concrete spreading and tap
seal. Seal the joints at walls and around penetrations wit
tape. Cover barrier with 2" layer of clean sand.
Forms:
Construct forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines, and dime
required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grade
level and plumb work. Provide openings required for \r
other trades. Make joints tight to prevent loss of
from concrete. Use metal spreaders providing ac
spreading and positive tying of forms together;
spreaders and on-the-job hand-twisted wire ties a
permitted. Form coatings shall not adversely affect b
of paint, plaster, adhesive or bonding agents appl
concrete surface.
Reuse of forms will be permitted if they are suitab
intended use after cleaning. Remove forms only when s
do so. For structural concrete, obtain Engineer's perm
prior to form removal. Cut off nails and tie wir
behind face of concrete, and patch exposed surfaces smol
Placinq:
Before placing concrete, remove wood, rubbish, vegc
matter and loose material from inside forms. Thorough
down wood forms to close joints. Dampen subgrade
Engineer shall inspect the soils immediately prior to p.
concrete.
Conform to ACI-304 and ACI-305, Recommended Practice
Placing Concrete.
Keep concrete as level as possible, with a minimum floh
one portion of the work to another. Place concrete k
workable, non-segregating mixture. Tamp and vibrate so
produce a dense smooth job, free from rock pockets and li
Use approved trunks and chutes if free drop exceeds 6 fe
Joints in Concrete:
Construction joints shall be only at locations and of
approved by the Engineer.
Control joints shall be located where shown. When not
for slabs on grade; locate not more than 25' o.c., usin
strips per details filled with approved sealant,
otherwise indicated. Coordinate control and expansion j
with joints in ceramic tile flooring, paving, etc. Ext
slabs, use deep tooled joints at 16 ft. an center max
Coincide with architectural joints.
Install joint covers as indicated on thle drawings ar
required.
- 87
Curing:
Except as specified below, nonstructural concrete may bt
cured by membrane curing compound in lieu of wet curing
Apply compound by spray method in two coats, the second ai
right angle to first. Apply without delay on newly finishec
surface, at coverage rate for each coat as recommended b;
manufacturer. Protect integrity of membrane and touch ul
damaged spots immediately. Cure all slabs and other flai
work.
Where slabs are to receive ceramic tile or cement adherer
finish of any kind, only continuous curing with water 01
complete coverage with polythelene sheeting (with joint!
lapped and folded) for at least 7 days shall be used.
In lieu of other methods, all concrete excepting thal
containing added color, may be cured by covering totally witt
polythelene sheeting kept in place for at least 7 days.
Testins:
Concrete tests will be made by an approved independeni
testing laboratory under the direction of the Engineer,
Approximately one test will be made for each 150 cubic yards
of each class of concrete when placed in large continuou:
pours. At least one test will be made of pours less than 151
cubic yards.
Tests shall be made for 7-day and 28-day strengths. Thret
cylinders shall be molded for each test; one for 7-day test,
one for 28-day test, and one for hold.
Engineer will obtain samples in accordance with ASTM C-172,
Mold and cure specimens in accordance with ASTM C-31. Tesl
specimens in accordance with ASTM C-39.
Concrete Finishes, Horizontal Surfaces:
Steel trowel: After concrete is sufficiently hardened tc
prevent drawing moisture and fines to the surface, finis1
trowel in 2 operations. Perform first operation with a powei
rotary trowel until matrix no longer accumulates on tht
trowel. Do not use cement, sand or a mixture thereof tc
absorb excess moisture and do not add water to facilitatt
troweling. Perform second troweling until there is i
distinct ringing sound under the trowel and a smooth, harc
burnished surface is obtained.
1. Locations: Under resilient flooring or carpet, and a1
all interior exposed floors not otherwise indicated.
2. Slabs to receive ceramic type tile without setting beds
shall be troweled once and be treated with a light broor
finish.
3. Slabs to receive mortar setting beds shall rec
float finish only,
Broomed: After floating, draw broom across the surf
sight angle to flow of traffic producing a uniform no
surface. For light broom finish, use a fiber broom, 1
depressions approximately 1/16" deep. For heavy
finish, use a coarse broom leaving depressions approxi
1/8l' deep. Use liquid curing membrane.
Sweat finish: Perform final troweling in manner to
neat cement and fine sand to the surface to produce
slip, uniformly swirled surface texture.
All concrete flat work shall be finished so that no dev
of more than 1/8" shall occur when surfaces are checkel
a straightedge, in any IO' length.
Non-s 1 ip: At concrete stair treads, ramps, etc., whi
other non-slip protection is shown, apply aluminum ox.
wet concrete at the rate recommended by manufacturc
trowel into surface, leaving granuals exposed.
Salt finish: Use salt recommended for this applici
Make samples 24" square until texture is approved I
Engineer. Approximately 20 lbs. per 100 square feet.
Colored concrete: Color shall be integral as selected t
Architect. Make samples 24" x 24" using all ingredier
be included, until cured sample is approved by the Engi
Where color is used in walls or concrete other than slat
shall be lightly sand-blasted.
Embossed concrete: Embossing, selected by the Engi
shall be as applied by Bominite Corporation or LE
Concrete, Inc. , Santa Ana, California, (714) 836-
Submit samples for Engineer's approval.
Concrete Finishes, Formed Surfaces:
All surfaces which are exposed in the finish shall hav
ridges and projections removed and all holes and depres
filled, to provide a smooth surface.
Reinforcement Steel:
Reinforcement shall be placed in accordance with Section
1.7 of the SSPWC.
Perform welding of reinforcing bars in accordance wit
Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel AWS Dl.
-a
published by the American Welding Society. Welders shall
qualified by tests as prescribed in the Code, and qualifi
by the governing Building Department.
Fabric reinforcement: Roll out, straighten, cut to requir
size, and lay reasonably flat in place. Lap fabric one fu
mesh at sides and ends, and securely wire together and
other reinforcement at frequent intervals.
Tests and Inspections:
Contractor shall submit mill test of reinforcing steel. Mal
one tensile and one bending test for each 25 tons or fractil
thereof of each size of reinforcement. Contractor shall p
for all mill test costs.
Notify Engineer at least 48 hours before placing concrete.
a O 90 0
SErnXQH QOZQ
.- . U8X8 Y
ridt8 sf @)$V8Si@R x 8Gakal.B O@@Y e23 -k @f %ah &z=
800 GDHERa
BOB UQRlx X%&MDrn .
A, €bwaro&o bOe@k,
e, Ww?B8@QlS QEd h@P$8@W&OE, rolsP@Paf d dQU@tB$ pB@&.3e&iRO %a@@ subso- 80 W3@Wy WOE2GIQBo
~UOF&R.Y pba@~B 8~18e~ofw~
I, Do mr%w wash ffsB3Ro E, F,.
6, GB@u%nwg OB a&oI BB @g $ria QmOBH"y1 ae 0 8, Wasawg Q@h@P %Bas 0 .j@ik% F@!i@Rl6) Gi Io T@s%%Eg &Ed ~~~~~~%~~~,
8vIpaFvPse @"JEe@3@a& of d@rnRS 8@F aweQgg, S@% fxaQhIlE-3a Ea@ aeh@P tic@& 869 b@ @ab@dd& $8 aQSwy0
Boa GEUBQ& RBQUZB
t=% &a a@Edno
av@an%a QulBdBwcI
@B eaaQ11& &%$@%S 8P SbQ
Do AQvia~ & ~~~~~~ ih
208 ~~~~~~~~
A, ~~~~~~~~
a:r;,py-"k, 3bB
- 91
D. Hydrated lime: Conform to ASTH C207, Type S and containing 851
calcium oxide.
) E. aiegates:
lr Sand: Consist of fine granular material, composed of hard strong, durable mineral particles, free from injurious am01 saline, alkaline, organic or other deleteriow suostances. form to ASTM ClW
2. Peagravel: Graded with no more than SI passing the NO. .g L and with 100% passing the 3!8" sieve. Conform to ASTH CUOt
F. iidcer: Cledr,; froa Yource ir.tt?r.ded for rtoriestic cots~zpcr2c.
C. Admixture3: Sika Chemical Re4 Label Sucocem for mortar dnd (;F~u
for grout.
H. Peicforcemect 3tecl: Hew, tested material of donestic rnariufhctu
c0nformir.g to ASTH A615, grades ds required by the Structural
Dr awlnu s .
I. Expansioa or control joint filler strips: Synthetic, rubber, re
tont to oils and solvents and compatible with specified sealant:
Conform to ASTX CSO9.
J. Anchor ties and-joint reinforcement: Galvanized iron or sta: Sheet metal ties not legs than 22 gauge acd at least oneicch u
anchoricd into concrete wall and deformed in the maonry to r(
joint reinforcement. Wire ties and mortar joict reinforcement tics looped for fastening to concrete and for recetvlng joint r
Conform to U.B.C. Standard No. 30-1.
2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT: (Conform to ASM W76)
1
A. Mortar: Type S conforming to UBC Table 2a-A.
1. Colored mortar: Uhere factory colored muonry mlta are
shall be factory colored to match color of masonry units.
B. Grout: Composed (by volume), of one part Portland cement, three
mortar sand, two parts pea gravel to vhich add 1 pint of admixtui each sack oC cement. nix w requited for mortar, except adjwt ' mount of water to make a creamy flow that will cot allow the gri to segregate. Properly puddle grout to fill voids. Gait gravel
grout 3pices less than 2" cleat in horizontal dimen3ion.
c. Mortar acd grout not used uithir! 30 minutes after 1eavir.g mrxer !
cst oe permitte4 on the work.
D. Use mixes shorn oa structural dravlngs If they differ *om these,
3.0 EXECUTION > 3.1 SCAFFOLD AYD PROIECTIOY:
Unit Masonry-U.20-2
- 92 .
A provide, install and maintain scaffolding, staglng and forms c
neeeJaary for execution Of the work required, substantially, moved and dismantled as necessary to properly follow the o*rotions.
3.2 SHoriESa CENTERING: )
-
A. Provide and install shores and centering for the rork, construct4
true to required shape, size and form, well braced and made rigic capable of suppoiting and sustaining the loads to which subjecte4 Leave shores and centering in place until the masonry is sufficdc set to safely carry its oun weight and added loads of coostructic
3.3 PLACING REINFORCL!EENT:
A. Accurately set hcd place strictly as shown or coted. In spaces c taizicg reicforcenect, except small rods or :nesh one-quarter scch
* less in diameter, the clear distacces betueen masonry dcd the rei
forcemeet :hall be at least orr-fQurth icch.
1. Vertical barg: Coctinuous from bottom of cell to top of ual
centered in cells, except where otherwise indicated. Uhere necessary, hold vertical steal firmly in place by frames or
suitable devices as approved.
?* Horizontal bars: Yire temporarily above exact position and s
to indicate correct locations. Use callbrotecl vertical mark1 to ic4icate correct location. Provide horizontal bars where
indicated, held in contact. to vertical bars or douels. 1 3.u PREPARATION:
A. Previously placed concrete or mwonry: Clean of encrustations,
laitance, oil, and coatings which would reduce bond. Wash work thoroughly with water under pressure.
1. Protect all sills, ledges, offsets and other naterials from mortar droppings. Protact all masonry from discoloration, stains, etc.
B. Hiasonry units: morouqhly clean of dwt, grease, oil or other mat
which trould tcduce bond.
C. Wetting: Protact concrete masonry units against wetting before installation.
D. Reiaforcement: Clean of mill scale, loose rust, oil and coaticgs
which would reduce bond. Securely anchor in place,,
E., =re materials w.4~ cover in a dry place and in a manner to prev
damage or intrusion of foreign matter. During freezlng weather pr tact all masonry tmits with tarpaulins or other subtable material.
Store concrata masocry units under covers that will permit circule of air anel prevent excessive moisture absorption. Store ctnent an'
limo in wot8rtight sheds with elevated floors.
3.5 YORWSIP: >
Unit Xasonry-8.20-3
- 93 -
A, Preserve unobstructed vertical continuity of cells to be fill&,
Fully bed ucbs and croas-walls forming such cells in mortar to pr
Fractional parts of muonry units are prohibited where uhole unit
-sed, The chinking of ht8rStiCes with fragments will not be
allowed. Provide special units as necessary to form openings ani
1 intels ,
leakage of grout.
B.
1
C. Fill all cells of masonry so indicated solidly with grout in lift
exceeding 11‘ in height. Except at tha final course, stop grout o
half the course height below the top of the last Course grouted.
D. No part of aCy ?~SO”.?Y uall 3ay be carrLed 5378 than 6 feet nr~hc
than ad joifiicg portiocs.
E. ihete it is dbso1utely rxcessrry, for construction purposes, to s
half unit lecgth in each cou-se. Toothicg uill cot be permitted.
F. At openings for ducts, pipes, and conduits built into the masonry
Off lOCgitUdlCdl Duns Of ,?ldSOWY, Stop Off On’V by FdCklTg baCK o
ualls, cut to form fractional wits with an abrasive mu.
G. Unless otherwise indicated, lay block in regular running bond wit!
3/8n joints.
and fasten to anchor ties.
H. Lay horizontal joint reinforcement in mortar joints at not more ‘
I. Mixing: All cementitious materials and sand shall be mixed in a -1
mechanical batch mixer for a minimum of 5 minutes.
1. The consistency of the mortar may be adjusted to the satisfac
of the mason, but in keeping ulth stremth requirements. If
mortar begins to stiffen, retamper immediately by adding wati
ad remix the mortar. All mortar shall be used within 112 hc
of the initial mixing, It shall not be used after it has beg to set.
The consisteacy of grout shall be such that, at time of place
ment, It haa a slurp of 9a to 10” w determined by ASTX Clb3,
*
2.
1. Vertical bars shall be held in psition at top and bottom and at
intervals not exceeding 192 diameters of the reinforcement.
Uhen a foundation dowel does not line up with the vertrcal cole tc
reinforced, it shall not be bent over, but shall be grout4 into a
core ln direct vertical alignment, even though it is In an adJhCer;
ad1 to the vertrccrl wall reinforcing,
J.
K. Vertical -11s shall have vutical alignment sufficient to mointai
clear unobstruct8d coatinuow vertical C8ll reasurinq not less thr
by 3..
C1eanout owings *dl k provided 8t tkle bottOBs Of dl Cells t0 t.
filled at o.ch lift or pour of gmut where such lift or pour of Of
1
Unit Masonry-3.20-1
- 94
is in excess of 4' in height. Remove overhanging mortar or oth,
obstruction or debrts From the inside of cell walls. Seal the
cleanouts before grouting, after inspection,
Reinforcing steel shall be In place and Inspected before grouti; *arts . n, -
N. When the grouting is stopped for one how or longer, form horizc
construction joints by Stopping the pour of grout 112 course bel next mortar Joint above,
0. When the possibility of rain occurs, cover the tops of all. walls
expomd to the weather, and all concrete masonry units with shee
polyethylene fila, or other approved effective forms of protect
eo j,rrver.t ao30r;)tF~n ~f voter. itore ~14sor.ty u;.it> ;xncve ::e g
if the possibility of surface floodinn exists.
3.0 JULYTS:
X. flortar joir.ts ir! 3a5octy %?facei shall be finished as approvd
pointing tool madirqg solid, smooth, watertight joints. Architect
select any joint treatment without adding to the cost of the wor
Bnterior joints at concealed surfaces shall be struck flush.
1. Exterior joints below grade shall oe pointed tight with a t
3.7 BOLTS, ANCHORS AND REGLETS:
A. Set bolts, anchors, reglets, and inaerts necessary for the attact
of Subsequent work and items furnished under other sectiom.
3.8 CURING:
A, After the wall i.s constructed, it shall not be saturated with wat
for curing or any other purposes.
B, In windy areas and where the atmosphere is dry, the wall shi
surface dampened with a light fog spray during a curing
the mortar of three days. Frequency to be determined by drying I
3.9 MORTAR MASH FINISH:
Uhen so indlc8ted on drawings, a mortar wash flnlsh shall be app
slumped block masonry. Texture and pattern of the mortar wash 3hall bc
by preparation of one or more samples by the mason.
Samples shall be approximately square and cover approximately 12'SQui
one pline) of on-site masonry to remain in place. The Contractor shc
le3ire4 texture and lxation of 3amples uith the EOq;ear before proc
tDe fsst 3dmplc. Three or four samples may be required. Costs of
shall be included in the base bid. Contractor shall notify ~-,qneer hews before any sample is to be ready for inspection.
3-10 MORTAR MASH MIX AND APPLICATIOYt
A nix one part Portland Want with one part sand and uatet as regu:
the wash by hand, with or witbut gloves or texture producing m
Unit Uasonry-a. 20-5
- 95 tools, in a one-coat operation. The texture and pattern shall
previowly approved sample. Prior to the application of wash, de wall surfaces with water ad wait unit1 surface water disappcms.
n\8 &ad usad for mort8r m8y or m8y not be acceptable to produce t texture, Contractor shall be prepared to use silica sand OP
aggmte coarser than that In mortar sand and at not additional cc
Sample of the mortar and grout shall be taken on three successit
days and at one week intervals thereafter and continuously storec air until tested for each of 7 days and 2kday compressive tests.
a
3.11 TESTS
A. ds specified sz Section 1.110.
B. Specified tssts may be VV~VQ~ for materials Juch as coccrete mason
ucits, cemect, lime rnd aggregates, if the prdrlucerf mbmit proper urittcn certification of conformance to the3c tpecsficatiocs
dcceptaalc to the Ecqineer
C. Laboratory test of masonry materials shall be made by an independen
testing laboratory, Tests shall be made on materials taken from th
stockpile intended for use on this specific project.
5 Blocks shall be tested for conformanc8 to standards, including compression, linear drying shrinkage, unit weight, moisture co tent, and tensile strength.
2. Lime and sand shall be tested for conformace to standards.
j. Portland cement shall be tested for conformance to standards a for percentage of water soluble alkalis.
a. Mortar shall be tested for compressive strcmth.
5. Grout shall b8 testod for compressive strength.
D. testing of mortar and grout: Conform to U.8.C. Standard 2a-22 and
ASTM C780. At tho beginnlag of all masonry work, at least one test sample of tho aortar and grout shall be taken on three succtsslve
working days and at mo u8ek intervals thereafter and continuously
stored in moist air until tested for each of 7 days and 28-day
compressive tests,
Compressive strengths shall be as follon:
1. Hottar: 1,000 psi at 28 days.
2 Grout: 2,000 psi at 28 days.
E.
F.- laad tests:
1. If the results of any ksta we not acceptable to UI8 Eqinee'
lord tests on ccnp1et.d w8llS shdl be corriuctml 8ccotding to
U.0.C. Sea, 2rO4
Unit Masonry-8.20-6
- 96 -
2, If load tests show failure of completed work, the work shall be removed and replaced, at CQntractor's expense, with1 proper work
Ed OF &eL++Oh
e
Unit Masonry-&. 20-7
SECTION 5.31 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS -1
PART 1 - GENERAL
Scope :
Furnish--materials and perform labor required to execute work asindicated on the drawings, as specified, an
necessary to complete the Contract, including, but
limited to, these major items:
Shapes, sleeves, anchors, connectors, plates, baci plates, supports and fastenings required, but which not specified in other sections;
Steel tube fences and gates.
Picnic Tables
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Structural steel.
Setting of items to be embedded in concrete.
General Requirements:
Field Conditions. Verify drawing dimensions with act
field conditions. Inspect related work and adjac surf aces. Report to the E-tncav all conditions wh prevent proper execution of this work.
Shop Drawings. Submit six (6) sets in accordance w Sectidns 1.34 and 5.12, showing in complete detail information required for fabrication, finishing installation of this work.
Codes. Materials and work shall conform to the govern
Building Code. In case of conflict between thl specifications and the Building Code, the more string
shall govern.
General. Examine all drawings and specifications and inclr
all miscellaneous metal which is specified in otl
sections. Provide all connections, anchors, bolts, and otl fastenings as required. Do all cutting, punching, drill:
and tapping required for proper assembly of the work.
Delivery. Insure that items to be set in concrete or masor
are delivered at the proper time.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Steel Shapes:
Conform to ASTM A36.
-1- 5.01 - Miscellaneous Metals
Malleable Iron Castings:
Conform to ASTM A47,
Welding Rods:
Conform- requirements of AWS for intended use.
Galvanizinq:
Conform to ASTM A123.
Bolts, Nuts, Screws:
Conform to ASTM A307, Grade A.
Steel Plate:
Conform to ASTM A283, Grade A.
Steel Tubinq:
Conform to ASTM A501.
Bars, Flats, Rounds:
Conform to ASTM A36, standard grade mild steel.
Paint-Shop Prime Coat for Ferrous Metal:
"X-60 Red Bare Metal Primer", "769 Damp-Proof Red Print
"960 Zinc Chromate Primer", as manufactured by Rust Corporation, or Themec It99 Metal Primer.
Touch-Up for Galvanized Surfaces:
All State #321 Galvanizing Powder (30% tin, 30% 21. lead and flux).
Miscellaneous Material:
As indicated or specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Shop Prime Coat:
Ferrous Metal. Properly clean and prepare for paint
compliance with the paint manufacturer's instructic
apply one shop coat of material of the type spec
Thoroughly and completely cover all exposed surfaces i as surfaces concealed after assembly. Apply paint b: or spray gun, as best adapted to the paint material and
-2- 5.01 - Miscellaneous Metals
-
surface conditions. Allow paint to become dray and before handling. Apply primer to 1 mil minimum dry thickness and touch up after installation and leave in PI
conditions to receive finish coats.
Galvanizing:
ii
Galvanize all exterior items and those interior iter
specified. Use the hot dip process, conforming ASTM A123,
Average weight of zinc coating per square foot of ac
surf ace : Not less than 2.0 ounces, with no indivj specimen showing less than 1.8 ounces. (One ounce of corresponds to a coating thickness of 0.0017.)
Fabrication:
Using skilled mechanics, form and fabricate items of wor indicated and as required to meet installation conditi
Make provisions to connect with or receive the work of o
trades
Unless otherwise indicated weld or bolt connections bet
members. Where possible, conceal connections in the finj
work. Where exposed screw fastenings are required, Phillips ovalhead screws to match parent material. Fi miter exposed joints to hairline tolerance or use WE
joints. On finished surfaces, grind all welds smootk flush with base metal.
Bend pipe or tubing without collapsing or deforminc walls, and so as to produce a smooth uniform curved sec and maintain uniform sectional shape.
Where items are to be embedded in concrete or masc
provide welded-on anchors or lugs as indicated or requirec
Items Embedded in Concrete:
Provide bolts, eyebolts, dowels, anchors, plates, ins€ and other miscellaneous items that are to be install€ forms before concrete pouring, or for building into maSc as indicated. Examine and check the drawings for the ni type and location of such items.
Installation:
Install all items plumb, level and square, securel! rigidly attached to supporting construction and as detail6
Description of Items:
Those items which are standard or stock design whicl
sufficiently detailed or described on the drawings to pen
-3-
5.01 - Miscellaneous Metals
their fabrication and installation are not coverf even though they may be included in the scope.
Backing--.plates in connection with studs and furring for engaging and fastening of lavatories and fixturc shall be provided in locations indicated, or as nc SecurelF affix backing plates to steel stud si members in required position. Finish with rust ir grime coat.
-4-
5.01 - Miscellaneous Metals
- 101
SECTIOH 5.50
METAL FABRICATIONS ir
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Shapes, sleeves, anchors, connectors, plates, backing plates, sup-
ports, and fastenings required but which we not specified in other
Sections.
0. Ladders.
C. Steel tube fences h gates. D. Other metal fabrications indicated.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field condi-
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all con- ditions which prevent proper execution of this work.
Shop Drawings: Submit In accordance with Section 1.30 showing in
complete detail all information required for fabrication, finishing and installation of this work.
8.
C. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the Builc
In&, Code, the more stringent shall govern.
D. General: Examine all drawims and specifications and include all
miscellaneous metal which is not required to be fuqnished by another
trade. Provlde all connections, anchors, bolts, and other fasteninu:
as required. Do all cutting, punching, drilling acd tapping requirec for proper assembly of the work.
E. Delivery: Insure that items to be set in concrete are delivered at
the proper time.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Steel shapes: Conform to ASTM A36.
B. Structural pipe colunns: Conform to ASTM A53, Grade A.
C. Pipe for railings: Conform to ASTM A53 or Al2O.
D. Cast iron: Coofom to ASTH AU~, soft gray iron.
E. Malleable iron castings: Conform to ASTM Aa7.
Me tal Fabric at ions-5.50-
F. Welding rods: Conform to requirements of AWS for intended use
C. Galvanizing: Conform to ASTH Al23.
H. Bolts,%ts, screws: Conform to ASTH A307, Grade A.
I. Steel plate: Conform to ASTH A283, Grade A.
J. Steel tubing: Conform to ASM AS01 or A500.
K. Bars, flats, rounds: Conform to ASTM A36, standard grade mild
L Paint: Shop prime coat for ferrous metal: Rust inhibitive pri
!I. Touch-up for galvanized surfaces: All State 1321 Galvanizing PC
(30% tin, 301 zinc, &OS lead and flux), %alvallop, %a1vovern
approved equal .
10-99 or primer.
Pl. Hiscellaoeous materfal: As indicated or specified.
2.2 snap PRIME COAT:
A. Ferrous metal: Properly clean and prepare for painting in comp:
with the paint manufacturer's instructions and apply one shop c(
material of the type specified. Thoroughly and completely cove!
exposed surfaces as well as surfaces concealed after assembly. paint by brush or spraygm, as best adapted to the paint materia surface conditions. Allow paint to become dry and hard before hand1 ing .
1. Apply primer to 2. mil mlnlmum dry coat thickness and touch after installation and leave. in proper condf.tion to receive
finish coats.
2.3 GALVANIZING:
A. Galvanize all items to be exposed on the exterior and tho3e inte,
items so specified. Use the hot dip process, conforming Lo ASTM
8. Average weight of zinc coating per square foot of actual surface:
less than 2.0 ounces, with no individual specimen showing less tt 1.8 ounces. (One 0% of zinc corresponds to a coating thickness
0.0017". 1
2.a FABRICATION:
A. Using skilled mechanics, form and fabricate items of work as indi and as required to meet installation conditions. Make provisions connect with or receive the work of other trades.
0. Unless otherwise tndtcated, weld or bolt connections between memb
Where possible, conceal connections in the finished work. Where exposed screw fastenings are required, use Phillips ovalhead Screk
match parent material. Fit or miter exposed joint.3 to hairline to
ance or use uelded joints. On finished surfaces, grind all welds
smooth and flush with base metal.
ne t a1 Fa t, r i cat ions-5 5c
- 103
C. Bend pipe or tubing without collapsing or deforming the walls, and 3c
as to provide a smooth uniform curved section and maintain uniform
sectional shape. - D. Where items are to be embedded in concrete, provide welded-on anchor5
or lugs as indicated or required.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 ITEMS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MIWONRY:
A. Provide bolts, eyebolts, dowels, anchors, plates, inserts, and other
miscellaneous items that are to be installed in forms before concrete
pouring, or for building into masonry, as indicated. Examine and check the drawings for the number, type and location of such items.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Install all items plumb, level and square, securely and rigidly
attached to supporting construction and as detailed.
3.3 DESCRIPTION OF STEMS:
A. Those items which are of standard or stock design or which are suffi- ciently detailed or described on the drawings to permit their fabrica
tion and installation, we not covered herein even though they may be included in the Scope.
8, Ladders: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate stringers of 2" x 318
flat steel bars, 1" diameter deformed bar rungs spaced equally at 12'' centers, plug welded to stringers. Hot dip galvanize whether exterto
or interior. Ccapleted fabricatton shall meet OSHA requirement.
C. Other miscellancow metal work ad indicated.
3iu CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
Metal Fabrications-5.50-3
- LU-t -
SECTTCN 5.70 - ~AL ~AL
1.0 4
1.1 Work Included
A. Design dr=--nn~s, shLv dra:.;Lngs md sa-ples .
B. P-!ez=l gatcs, and anchors including tubes.
C. shcp pant.
1.2 Related 'IJork
1. Miscellaneous &%tal.
I. 3 General Requremmts:
A. CartraZor's resporsibrlrty to establish extent of work der tk
Sectim. in accordance mth pertinent pravlsions of +&e General a
Supplmmtaty Corxhtlons.
Field Ccrditiau: Verify draw d;unensions mth actual field ca
Inspect related wrk arrl adjacent surfaces ard exmune the substi
and the cdtians der bhich the omarentdl metal itens are to
installed arrl notify the Enq'cncer in wrzting of corxbtrms deti
to the tTmely and proper cmpleticn of the wrk. Do not pmed
the mrk -11 unsatisfactory canditions have beer1 ccrrected in l mr acceptable to the Installer.
Shop -1y: Preassemble it- in the skp to the greatest extc
possible. so as to dze field splicing ard assenbly of mts
the project site. Disassanble uruts dy to the extent necessar for sh;rming arxi handling li,rutatians. Clearly mark uwts for ri
D. I~erts and Arrhorages: Funush insert-type amhoring devlces *&L narst be set in carrete or bult into masonry for the rrstallatic
of ommmtal metal wrk. Provide setting dramqs, tanplates,
instmicns and chrectlons for installaticn of archorage devlce!
Coorcfinate delivery knth other mrk to avoid delay.
8.
C.
mly d CWdlMted instdllatlm.
OmaTIerltal Metal-5.
- 1(
I. 4 Desiqn Drawinqs:
A, Prior to preparation of shq, drawings, subnit three (3) copies
d- dr- for EwineerS review ard input for assdlies
det-dled cn drawings.
1.5 S~CP and Erection Drawings:
Sufmit five (5) copies of shop drawings for the fabrication aruj, installaticxl of every itan of ornamental metal work. Irzlude
elsvatiws ard detail sections. xzssay itss, ad =p=rfy frr.shes. Furrash sett1r.j dizgrm,
tqlates for items set in other work. RaLngs shall Se deslg
to resist lateral fcrres in acccrdance fcnth gavernir.g ccdes ard so state on the shop dravizgs. Provide calculations as reql local authorities.
Prior to fabricating railings aryl gates, prwide a full-size 5ar of the post c3ps ad ballusters with picket castings for Eq;r\e approval. mre than me sanple may be required but extra costs ncrt be all& for sarples.
A.
Show jointing anchorage ard
1.6 Swles:
A.
2.0 PROOClCTS
2.1 Materials:
A. All material for we m this wrk shall be new, clean materials,
E. Pmvide neterials ach have been selected for their surface fl;
smothess ard freedan frun surfxe blemishes vherever exposed t
view in the finished unit. Exposed-to-view surfaces &uch &t
pitting, sean marks, roller m;arks, "oil-cammg", stains, d~scol
or uther inperfecticns cm the finished units will not be accepta
C. Wwt Irwn: St- of the trade an3 as mararfacm by Juliu
or a! -raved eqt&.
Steel tubing shall ccnfom to ASTM A5CQ. D.
E. Fasteners: Basic metal ad alloy, matching finished color and te
as the metal being faster&, mless othemse indicated, pmide Phillips flat-head screws for exposed fasteners. Pmae galvan
or cadrum coated for exterior installaticn.
F. Arrhors ard Irserts: Furnish irserts to be set in ccncrete or na
,.nrk, or ptwvide other ar-choring devlces as -red for the rn-
stallaticm of ornamerrtal it-. Provide lead held expansion b
devices for drilled-in-place arrchors. Provide galvanized or cad
coated arxh0r-s ard inserts for exterior installati-.
provide mits with expcsed surfaces matching the texture ard fin of tfie lTletal it- ambred.
ornanmtal Mf
-
G. 9wp m: Stardard brand of nst - -ti= primr corforn
shal-om to Federal wificatian TT-P-ald, ?Lpc 11. gdtral spscificatia? TT4-W. ?Lpc 1x1. c;dlvalized rmtal pn
5.0 WCM
3.1 W0-p:
A. Gerrral: Design coTprnentS to allow for e>q>ansicn ard ccrrtracti
a minimm abient terperature rq of 100 - F., mthcnrp:
txrkling, exzesslve cpemng of jotnts or overstressing of udds f asters.
Form mtal work to the rpqurred shapes and sizes, wrth true ar 1- ard anglpc. P-de necessary mbates, lugs a-d brackets
-1Y Of -tS.
B.
Use CCrrdF fasteners &mer possible.
B wlth PWS for ~~carrmendcd practices in shop isldfng. Ebnr co e-hnistmci &aces wit)wrut astortian or discolarat d tBw aqosed sf&. Clean exposed wlded joints of 31 wclctrq lllf dress at dl crrposed d contut ms.
D. mi1 ~nts to a dgfrt, hirlirv fit. m or miter cmr $oil joints 4zqwsed to W2atiler eo -tu& later pnetmtim.
Prwidr? castfrtgs the am d ard free of yarp or defects *( E.
st- mi appearance. d=es to suwth, shup, ull-dcfid tinas ad arrises.
directfau far thb fnscailatiar-of it- having integrat Qlthor!
&livexy of sdi itens to the pmject site.
MU joints to a close fit, Qld finid
F. COorrffMte SUtiw QdRzp, &a&-, t-lrtm, hStmttats i
m to k eatidded In c-te or cmsawy cautructiar. Coordir
3.2 Fastdm eo IwPLace Gmstzuxiar: Rtd& arfwrragr Mces ut-! 1 are necusaq for xcuring oxnmmtal netal items to tn-pllY=e ca fncluii~, thrssdsd fmfar carme d rrms~ny Fnserts, togE
chma&t-bltS, 1.g bottr, wxd XINS id other carnectorr u rcpttr fed fast- shall be finisld to mtch merial fastened.
3.3 Qrctirw. Ftttlng ad p1aEarpnt:
A. Perfom all cutti-, drilting end fitti- mquirtd fur the Fns_ta of thc ornmmtal metal items. Set thp? wdc accurately in locae digrment ad elevation, ptuab, Level ami t-, IlpastELpd frcm es Lims ami Levels. -de tenporary bracing or anchors in fom fsttems &ch arr to k Mlt into cQcTIptc, ~;LBSQCPY or sdrrrila
Ornaratalb
- 10
B. Form ti& bints with -sed cmtians accurately fitted wit ds and spaces for sealants and joint fillers. where cuttir mwng are required for proper shop fitting ard jointing c w*, restore finishes to eliminate any evidence of such correct
Do not cut or abrade finishes dUch cannot be cmpletely restore field. Return it- with sFh finishes to the shop for requirec follaed by canplete refinishing or provide new mits at Cmtrac
option.
C.
3.4 C!?an-’c’e: As specified in Section 0.60.
ETJD OF SECTXCPJ
-M
SECTION 6.10 ROUGH CARPENTRY
b Rcquiranepts of Dlvislan I shall apply t0 all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL -
1.1 UORK INCLUDED
A. Uood Paming.
8. Sheathicg.
C. Opening framing and curbs.
D. Equipmect platfoms. t;. alocki-y, backlzg, bwks , t'urrizg, strippir.6 zcd groucds. F, Hiscellaceoua rough carpectry items as required by the drauiras or
G. Cmplete touyh hardware for the job.
H. Te1ephor.e terminal backboards.
I. Framing to properly support all paneling ar.4 other decorative work
cecessary for a complete icstallatioc.
whether detailed on the dtawirds or not,
1.2 GENERAL WEQUIRMENTS:
A. F,lelid conditions: Verify draulng dimensions with actual field con
Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all condition3
which prevent proper executlon of this work.
8. Codes: Materials and uork shall conform to the governirg Building
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the Bu bng Code, the more stringent shall govern.
C. Notes: Notes on the structural drawings are part of this Section.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 IYAIERIAU:
A. Lumber and plyuood shall ba manufactured, graded and grademarked
compliance with the follouing reference specifications and gradini
rules. Grade and species w hereinafter specified or noted on the
drauims,
Grade in compliance with one of the following (unless otherwise SF
fied):
1. "Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No. 16 for Douglas Fir,
B.
Wegtern Hemlwk, Sitka Spruce, White fir, 1070, by the dCLIa,
. revised 1979.
- 2, "1970 Grading Rules", issued by the Yestcrn Uood Products Aa:
ciation, Portland, Oregon.
Rough Carpentry-6.10-1
- 109
3. Franir! lumber:
Joists, rafters, planks, posts iJnexposed - Table 5, Stru
Light Fran ing 2 in. to 4 in. thick,
Douglas Fir I& 2 in. to 4 in. wide
Exposed - Table 8, Appe
Framing. DOU
Fir - "Appear
Joists, rafters, planks, posts Unexposed - Table 6, Stru
Joists and Pl plates, blocldng and bridging .
2 in. to 4 in. thick, 6 in. and wid Douglas Fir Nc
Hiacclldceous ftamizd, plates 'Tdble 7, Lighl
bloc kicg acd bridging . acd Stud3. Dc
Fir - "Gxstrt 2 in. to & in. thick,
2 in. to IA in. uid.
Eeus acd strizhers 5 in. and Ucexposed - Table 12, Bean;
thicker, depth more than 2 in. Stringers . Fi greater than thickness . sol ec t Str uc tu
C. Redwood: "Standard Specifications for Grades of California Rcdwc
1
rs
Lumber", issued by the Redwood Inspection Service.
De "destem Larch-Uestern Hemlock: Lumber of these species, of equd
better stress grade and quality to the grades of Douglas Fir spec
or required by the drawirgs, if graded in compliance utth either
the &tadin& rules specified above, may be used in lieu of Dougla:
E. Plywood: U.S. Product Standard PS 1-74 issued by the Un:
Department of Commerce, graded and grade-marked by the Ameri
Association, Use Structural I with waterproof glue for roof and sheathing and decking uhether exposed or covered, unless sp otherwise on drawtqgs.
1
F. Bolts: In Compliance with ASTM A307, Grade A, and ANS 818.2 - 19
square or hexagonal had,-sites and spacing w required by the dr
ings.' All heads and nuts bearing on wdod shall be fitted with
was hers.
1. Bolts, nuts and washers for we in locations subjected to mo
ture, for outside use of in portions of the structure which cot eomplctely enclosed, or elsewhere as specified or requir
tne drawiras: Galvanize in compliacce uith ASTH A153. -
G. NailJ: Sizes, type3 and materiala as fcdicated, 3pecified or reql
fpr the purpose, in compliance with Fed. Spec. FF-N-lEa, "Hailg, 'dire; Brads and Staples". Requirements for galvanizing as specif
above. Unless specified othvuisa, aluminum mils may be used in
of palvanizcd nails for ~ilinq reduod. Use common mils for al structural work, Plywood common nails acceptable for all plywood
sheathing, unless spacifled OthetwiSe 00 drawings.
H. Powder-actuated fasteners may be used only where specifically pan
-l
Rough Carpentry-6.10-2
- LlU
ted hereinafter or when subsequently approved, provided all avails
gafety features and guards are used.
suitable for the particular fastening, Use low velocity equipment,
I. Timber connectors: Refer to drawings. Use "SimpsonR or approvd
)
equ& Connectors shall have current ICBO approval of the types requ3rcd on drawings. Galvanize a11 connectors.
2.2 LUMBER SEASONING:
A. Stack with strips between each layer and allow it to air dry to a
moisture content of 19 percent maximum, including the timber framf
8. If the refctrerrce specifications f3r preswre treati::y redur-2 tndt
certain naxrmum percentages of moisture at the time 9f treatnect rn<
not be exceeded, comply with those requirements.
2.3 PRESSURE TREATXENT - HATERIAL IN CONTACT mii CONCRETE/HASONRY:
A. Lumber in contact with concrete or masonry shall De either untreatc
Redwood (Foundation Grade, Paragraph 3161, Western Red Cedar (Foun
tion Lumber, UYPA Paragraph 381 or YCLIB) or Douglas Fir, larch or
Hemlock pressure treated in corpllance with Fat, Spec, Tr-Y-571c, When treated members are cut to shape or size, cut or 3hape before treatment, Where members are cut to length after treatment or ccpu tersunk for flush installation of bolt heads, paint the cut surfac
with two saturating coats of treating liquid before installation,
\ 3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 CARPEMTRY INSTALLATION:
A, Uorbanship: Perform entire work in accordance with the best stan.
darcta of practice relating to the trade and carefu1l.y plan and lay
the vork as required. Properly accommodate the vork of other trad Accurately sawcut and Pit lumber Into the respective! locations, tr
to line, grade, and level, as indlcatd or required, and permanent seure in proper positioa with spikes, nails, lag sereuse bolts, hangers, or other fastenings to tender the same substantial and ri,
in dl parts and connections.
8. Connections: Hoke connections between members tight, accurate and
secure. Place fastenings without splitting wood; predrill when required. Drill bolt holes same size as bolt diameter. Drill hol
for lag fcreus same size as thread root diameter; and counter-bore
same depth acd dibmetet as shank. Turn lag screus into place: do drive, Provide bolts and lag scfevs with washers under every he.4 nut bearicy on wood. Tighten bolts ar.4 lag Screws at in3tallatior
curefully retighten just prior to closing in, or at completron of
3.2 YObD STUD PARTITIONS:
A. Floor sills: Attach sills to coacreta floors with powde
attachments (Rarset No. 3330, a8nufoctured by Ramset Fasten Locate fasteners betueen 6. and 10. fPo= e8ch end of each piece M
exceed 32. o.c., for noa bearing walls. Attach each piece with i~
\
Rough Carpsntry-6,tO-3
- 11
two fasteners. Use anchor bolts for all bearing and she
indicated on dravings.
0. Plates: Doubled, with splices staggered at least p1 ad with i
a&interscctions lapped and nailed unless specified 0th drxirings.
1
C. Studs adjacent to concrete or masonry: Attach with powder driv fastener3 (thtet to each stud minimum). Use bolts at shear wal
Openings: Frame openings.with full height king stud at each jar adjacect trianer stud supporting headet, shin~e4 ad railed to
5tud. Gse s~z&ie sember headers, full uidth of studs, verticdl sioc as imiicated on Structural Drawirgs.
0.
E. Blocking:
1. Provide fire stops at ceiling lice* either cornposed of cont
plate or of Zn x width of stud blocking installed between
Provide intermediate blocking between floor and ceiling uhc requited by code.
Provide 2. thick blocking cut between studs and properly lo where rtquird for attachment of handrails, wall hung equig and similar accessories and equipment.
2.
F. Frame out openings as required for installation of recessed equi
Verify sizes uith the trade futni3hiny the equipment.
G. Corners and intersections: Frat with at least 3 studs.
H. Provide horizontal blocking instilled at proper height above floc
installatlon of electrical switch boxes, receptacle boxes and grz
similar items of equipment. This blocking may be omitted only wt
is properly located for attachment of the box. Provide blocking
pail hook braces of service rlnks.
>
I. Pipes and conduit in vaod'stud partitions.
1. This paragraph defines limitations on cutting required for installatIan of plping and co'nduits. All cutting, boring an
metal reinforcins shall be perform& by the trade affected.
2. Ingtall all piping and conduit on the centerline of the part
tion. Installation in notches rut in the face of the stud o, plate is cot permitted except where reinforced with metal as
hereicafter SpeciCied. Bore holes for passage of pipes and conduit GO larger than l/Ur mora than the outside diameter 01
pipe or conduit and in 00 event larger than to leave a ainimr
1" of wood between tha hole and face of stud.
3. Uhre horizontal rams of piplry are required, such horizontal
piping may be InstoUd in notches provided the pfpe Is locat
rw) closer than 1" from the face of the stud on either side an
the notch bridged over ulth a metal strap or angle on plaster
>
Rough Carpantry-6.10-4
- 112 -
partitions or an angle on drywall partitions,
a. Metal strap: 1 lI2'x 112 U.S. gauge x 129 long cold
rolled carbon steel drilled or punched to receive thre "Holdfastw (aanufactuted by Baker Nail a,, Framingbn Massachusetts) or mScrew-Titcn (manufactured by the In - dent Nail Corp., Bridgewater e Massachusetts) spiral sh nails each end.
1
b. Steel angle: lW x lW x 118' hot rolled steel angle na. to face of stud as above specified, Install angle flu:
slightly back from edge of stud to avoid any interferer
with gypsum board or lath,
uo ihere r.ecessary, plates may be cut completely ir. tw, provrc
the cut is bridged with a metal strap or angle as above 3pec on each fsce acd the alignment of the plate is maintaiced.
J. Posts, Columns dr.d Mullions: Use no box heart material. Peject
with excessive twist. Set plumb and accurate. No splices permi'
3.3 ROOF FRAMING AND PLATFORM FRAHING:
A. Joists and beams: Use longest practicable lengths, place with cr
Spllce only over bearims. Cut in solid blocking at ends and OV pauble up all headers and trinrmers wherever normal joist interrupted by skyllght, electrical uork, mechanical work 0
penetration ,
B. Rafters or Joist: Place Cram side up. Cut in solid blocldng at
ard over bearings. No holes in joists or rafters over 2". Locat
holes near center of utdth, and 110 closer to support than 3 times
joist depth.
Ledgers, headers and nailers; Accurately cut to required sizes ar
securely fasten to structure, Fasten wood nailers on steel frame:
with recessed bolt heads, installed with washers 011 wood members.
D, Bridging: Provide bridging spaced 8' O.C. maximum, using 2 cross(
by 3's or full depth 2" thick solid blocldng, or approved metal cz
bridgi- Place at mibspan where span is greater than 8' and le: than 16', or w otherwise shown,
)
C.
E, Plywood: All plywood nailing shall be Inspected arid approved befo
covering. Refer to drawings for nailing, Staaer joints. Solid
block uhete indicated. All shear panels to be solid blocked at a1
edges.
F. Edge Supports: Where roof framing members exceed 16" o/c spacing
Age blockird of plywood sheathing is not requited, provide "H" cl at midpoint between framing members at each plyvooel joint or use tongue and groove edges oa th. plywood sheets.
G, Fre8ing devices: Provide stock f'r0rln.g devices including joist
hanger, 3-way frpring anchors, olips, shear plates, metal straps, ti8b.r connectors, post caps, post mcbrs, and other stock iron ul
$eerpr.ly fasten to structure using size and quantity of nails, sere >
Rough Carpsntry-6.10-5
- 11
and bolts recommended by manufacturer of device, unless otherui indicated. Drill holes for bolts in steel plates and angles 11
greater than bolt diameter.
) 3.4 TUEPONE TERMINAL BACKBOARDS:
A. Prqvlrj_ddc in accordance with the size, arrangement, details, and
ti<= sbwn. Unless othervise indicated, construct of 3/Un ext
type, 04 faced DF plywood.
3.5 PLYWOOD SHEATHING: (Hobstructural)
A. Where concealed in the finish uork, use C-D grade. Where e:
fi3ish bork, use A-D &Fade. Run face grain vertically, Ne
expo4 joints uLtn edges lidhtly sacded. Dtive :ail wads fll
harumer marks or other blemishes. Leave ready for pain1
SheathiEd for equi?!nent platforms to be nC'-Repaired-C. All pi
shall be veceered u'exterior dlw.
3.6 WLSCELLANEOUS FRAMING:
A, Furnish and install uood furrim, strips, ledgers, blocking, grc
and any other wood fraaing occurring in metal stud partitions.
with screws, nails, or clips, as required for proper installatic Qoperate and coordicate thii work with other trades involved.
3.7 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60, >
END OF SECTION
>
Rough Carpentry-6.10-
** I
SECTION 6.20 FINISH CARPENTRY &s-
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED AND SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Installation of wood doors.
B. All other carpentry, including installation of millwork.
C. Toilet and bath accessories.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field condi-
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all condi- tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
1.3 GRADING:
A. Softwood lumber: Grade and grademark in accordance with Rules No. 16 of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. Grade-ma-k shall bear the
symbol of an approved grading agency.
E. Redwood: "Crades of California Redwood Lumber" by the California
Redwood Assoc i at ion .
Grading of other lumber and plywood$:
rules off the trade association concerned.
C. Conform to the &rent grading
D. Grade-mark and mill-identification of the trade association shall
appear on each piece of softwood lumber delivered to the site.
1.a DRYING AND STORAGE:
A. Kiln drying or equivalent air drying is required for all lumber used
for finish. Tests of lumber upon delivery to the site shall show a
moisture content of not to exceed 121 by weight.
E. Store lumber and millwork on wood sills, within enclosed portions of
the building, locations approved by the Architect, and only uhere not
subjected to moisture.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS :
A. All exposed finish wood trim not otherwise identified: to be DF, deal
free of defects. Uhere opaque finish is indicated, finger joints
acceptable.
finijh Carpentry-6.20-1
-1
0. Softwood plywood: PS 1-7u, flat or mixed grain, face grades *A-B*,
unless otherwise indicated, where both faces expsed, or nA-C'l wner
one fa- exposed. -
C. Hardwood solid stock and plywood for opaque finish: Paint grade Bf
or other species suitable for intended use, or as shown on draulng
De Hardwood solid stock and plywood for transparent finlsh: Uniform
light Birch unless otherwise indicated.
E. haterproof glue: Polyvinyl acetate emulsion uith 55% solids. "Wil
holdn manufactured by Acorn Adhesives; wWe14wood" manufactured by Plywood, or other approved by Enq;ncar:
F.. Exposed nails: Finish or casing nails.
G. Anchors to masonry or concrete: Hetal expansion type fasteners;
sleeve anchors by Redhead, Rawl, Hilti.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FINISH CARPENTRY- INSTALLATION:
A. Perform work in accordance with the best standards of practice rela
ting to the trade, and under constant supervision of a competent
foreman, who shall carefully plan and lay out work as required to
carry out intent of the drawings, and to properly accommodate work
other trades. Accurately saw-cut and fit wood into the respective locations, true to line, grade and level and permanently secured in
proper position with proper fastenings and fittings, substantial ani
rigid in all parts and connections.
Cabinetwork and Millwork: Finish free of open joints, hammer an
marks, structural defects and surface blemishes. Wherever pra
conceal means of fastening variow parts and member? together. Whet nailing is unavoidable, neatly set nails for putty. Perform a1
skilled mechanics, true to detail with all arrises in finished wori rounded' by sanding.
1. Install with all trim mould and scribing. No hammer trail3
allowed. All casework shall be anchored to walls with a mln anchors at top and 2 anchors at bottom of each individ
Anchorage on cases longer than U'-On shall have anchors
maximum. Anchorage shall be #12 round head screw3 wit
penetration into wood, concrete or masonry and full penetra metal.
0.
C. Insure that backpriming has been performed (under Painting Section)
before items are installed against plaster or concrete and that
scribed or recut edges are reprimed.
D. Insure that plaster, masonry and concrete thoroughly dry before abut
Ling wood c'iniaii iwma are iaziuiiwi.
E. Fitting of moving units shall provide uniform minimum clearance mit
able for permanent operation and make proper allowance for paict.
Fi ni sh Car pent r y-6.20-2
- 110 -
Tightly scribe, cut and fit wood trim and millwork against abutting
surfaces. Blind nail uood finish where possible.
gY::eR pieces shall be be bevel-cut, and not butt-jointed. set straight, plumb, or level, in true alignment, closely fitted and
fastened in place.
F, All wood trim shall be installed In full lengths without piecing,
the use of single lengths would be impractical or impossib
Trim s
3.2 INSTALLATION Of WOOD DOORS AND HARUUARE:
A. Each door shall be accurately cut, trimmed, and fitted to its frame
with allowances for painter's finish.
8. Clearances at side and top shall be not more than one-sixteenth inch
(1/16(0 after painter's finish has been applied and not more than one.
quarter inch (l/&") et the bottom, allowing for threiholds, carpeting etc, @ unless otherwise indicated.
C. Surface mounted hardware: Drill pilot holes for all screw% Accu- rately and neatly make holes from templates or the finish hardware,
furnished by hardware supplier. Screws in labeled fire doors shall b
selftapping, full thread, sheet metal screws.
D. Fit a11 hardware to fully conform to standard procedure and to manu-
facturer's directions, Position of hardware:
Levers or Knobs: 38" above finish floor.
Top Butt: ,Bottan Butt: 10" above finish floor.
Center Butt: Midway between top and bottom butt.
7" below top of door.
E. Remove all finish items (except butts), including finish hardware
previously installed on metal doors and not otherwise protected. Reinstall after painting is completed.
After hardware has been fitted and ttmovel, each der shall be hand
sanded, removing all tool marks or other defects.
F.
G. All doors shall operate freely but not loosely without sticking or
binding with all hardware properly adjusted. H. Set all exterior thresholds in waterproof mwtic and securely anchor
with at least three (3) expansion shields per 36" threshold. PI fiber plugs not acceptable,
I. Lay out a key file for the systematic filing of all keys within the
room where the hardware is stored. Promptly tag and file all keys a
the lock sets are installed. On completion of the work, including final corrections and adjustments of finish hardware, deliver all kc
properly identified, to the Owner.
3.3 SPECIFIC ITEMS:
A. Telephone terminal backboards: Provide where required. Construct C
_7/un, exterior type, B-C faced DF plywood approximately 8'4" high. Mount on walls with bottom edge approximately 6" above floor, secure
and independently fastened to the buildinm structure
Finish Carpentry-6.20-3
- 11
B. Shelving: Construct of 3/kw DF glued-up solid stock or A-B face
plywood. Edge-band leading edge of plywood with 112” thick harduoo
sanded smooth.
3.” CLEANUP rr
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
Finish Carpentry-6.20-u
SECTION 6.22 MILLWORK
Requirements omvision I shall apply to all wotk of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. All finish woodwork, moulds, casings, facings, frames, trim
E. Counters, cabinets, laminated plastic counter tops, splashes, she1
C. All exposed members which require shapfng or milling to specific :
D.
coordinate with carpentry. *
related items including harduare.
si %e.
Delivery of Millwork to the site.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Verify dimensions in the drawings with field conditions at the star
work and check continuously during construction.
B. Inspect related work and surfaces; report in uriting to the e
those conditions which prevent proper provision of this work.
Shop Drawings: WoFk in accordance with Section 1.30.
C. Submit shop any layout drawings for ell segment
0. Standards: Except as modified herein or on the drawings, m,
construction and workmanship shall meet the standards for "Custom (
established by the Woorwork Institute of California, Hanual of
(W.J.C.1 1978 Edition.
E. Certification:
1. Before delivery to the jobsite, the millwork supplier shall:
W.I.C. Certified Compliance Certificate indicating the o
products he will furnish for this job and certifying that t
fully meet all the requirements of the grade or grades specif
2. Each unit of casework shall bear the W.I.C. Certified Compllai
Stamp indicating the grade specified.
3. Each plastic laminate countertop shall bear the W.I.C. C Compliance Grade Stamp indicating the grade sptscified.
1. In the event the Millwork Contractor is not a W.I.C. licc
shall employ without additional cost to the Owner, the se
W.I.C. to inspect the casework and countertops in the shop,
Certificate of Inspection, signed by the k.1.C. Inspector, <
each unit as set forth above. In the event reinspectlon ~3 I due to non-compliance, the cost shall be borne by the
Contractor.
1.3 SAMPLES
Millwork-6.22-1
- 11!
A. Submit, in accordance with Section 1.30 the following samples. Colc
selected by Architect.
I. -hated Plastic.
2. Hardwoods, veneer and solid stock.
3. Locksets, catches, hinges, shelf standards and supports,
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HATERIAIS: (Not to be construed as a complete list)
A. Except as otherwise specified herein or indicatd on the drawin casework shall be 'Overlay" construction in accordance with Sectio
WIC for "Custom" grade, modified as follows:
1. Haterial shall be Ash or Yhite Birch to receive transparent
EXCEPTION: Open shelving casework in the following rooms
constructed of Douglas Fir. Exposed edges of plywood SI
edgebanded. Paint finish by others. Rooms: 5122, Bldg. D.
2.2 HARDYARE:
A. Provide hardwaie of each type in sufficient quantities to compl Installation.
B. Door hardware shall be properly sized as required by door thickness
C. Locks shall be master keyed and individually keyed in sets as diri Owner .
0. Verify clearances and requirements for installation Porn physical L
samples or manufacturer's literature and make proper provisi
ins tal 1 at ion of hardware.
E. Finish: To match hardware specified under Finish Hardware, in arc
it occurs, unless otherwise noted.
F. Hardware Schedule:
1. Hinges 3/an doors - Stanley 1510 Series,
2. Pulls Stanley WS cabinet lock. 3. Locks Doors - Corbin 0796 x strike plate.
Flush 1 318" doors - Stanley F17P 3 1/2" x 3 1/2".
Drawers - Corbin 0600 drawer lock x strike plate (k as directed.
Inactive door uhere lock occurs Ives 2
Stanley Spa6
11, Elbow Catch
5. Magnetic Catch
6. Drawer Slides (2 each drawer)
A. !.I!. ?Irrx~z lor C_,k.iz fin ir? 4~2th Pant 337.
B. All drawers 6" and over in depth Grant 335.
7. Adjustable shelf standards and supports
Millwork-6.22-2
A. B.
End mount Knape 41 Vogt 2551256.
Rear mount Knape & Vogt 83/183.
8. Hiscellanmu3
c 2.3 PLASTIC LARMATE:
Where called for in the drawings shall be Standard Grade, satin finl
plastic laminate surfacing, 1/16" thick, 30 mils backing sheets, cc requirements of NEMA Standard LD-1. Use postforming grade where re drawing details; thickness 0.051" 2 0.OOU". Color and pattern as
Arehitect, Approved manufacturers include Laminart, Hicart
Textolite, Wilsonart and Nevamar.
3.0 EXECUI'ION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Hillwork shall be fabricated in accordance with the WIC Stai
forth above and the following requirements.
B. Doors: michess as follows unless otherwfse noted:
Height: 3'4" and under 3/an thick
3'-On + to 5'-0" 1 1Dw thick 5'4" + and over 1 3/8w hollow core (install flu.!
C. Edgebanding: All exposed edges of plywood and particle board Type F or I edgebanding of Ash or birch.
D. Drawer slides shall be installed on each side of each drawer.
E. Toys
1.. All counter tops, and splashes, unless otherwise indica
overlaid with approved high presziute laminate.
2. Provide for scribing of all exposed surfaces abutting wa.
3. Tops 8hall be square (unless otherwise indicated) sel
self matching edge banding minimum 1 112" wide.
11. Back splash heights and coved as noted on drawings, s
scribed to wall.
3.2 FINISH
A. All wood ltmes shall be sanded smooth, air dusted and u
painter3 finish before delivery to the project.
E. All exposed corners and edges shall be eased.
3.3 DELIVERY
A, All items shall be protected and delivered to the project unc
' END OF SECTlON
Mi 11 war k-6.22-3
-1
SECTION 7.31
LIGHTUEIGHT CEHENT ROOF SHAKES
1.0 GENERAL -
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Lightweight cement roof shakes. E. Felt used nith shakes.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A, Mood sheathizg urrder shi~gles.
8. Built-up rcoficg.
C. Sheet metal.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. I.C.B.O. Research Report No. 2882.
8. State Fire Harshall approval No. ~204-~94:1.
1.a GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field cor
tiora. Inspect related uork and adjacent surfaces. Report all cc tions which prevent proper execution of this uork.
B. Samples and product data: In accordance with Section 013a0, submi product data and samples of shakes with firepraafing applied.
C. Reference specificetiom: Materials, fabrication and workmanship
shall conform to the applicabh recommendations of the I.C.B.O.
research report, State Fire Marshall and manufacturers
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Shakes: Car-Shake as manufacturered by Shake Company of California
8. Fireprcofing: Class A.
(*. Roofing felt: 430, cocforrning to ASTH D226.
D. Nails: Galvanized shicgle cails, of the type recomended by I.C.B.
Bright or blued steel ulre cails not acceptable.
1. 2- No. 13 gauge nails per shake or two (2) staples of not less
than No. 16 gauge, both with corrosion-resistant coating.
2.2 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Delivery: Matcrlals paekaged with the manufacturer's or fabricator name and brand. Shakes shall have 'Gal Shake" label.
Llghtueight Cement Roof Shakes-7 . 31-9
2.3 Color: Natural
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 I XSTkLLATION :
I,. In &%er recommended by I.C.B.O. Report No. 2882.
B. Perform work in accordance with the best stacdards of practi
ing to the trade, hnd under constant supervisLon cf ir ccmpet
man, who shall carefully carry out intent of the drawizgs, a
prcperly &commcdate work cf cther trades. Accurately *'ut a
true to line, grade axd level and permanectly secure in prcp
tion, ds hereir, specified, or as directed.
C. The entire work shall be waterprcof and ccnsistent in appear
B. Over the sheathixg, isstall one layer cf 10Y rocfing felt mi
78" uide interlayed between shakes so that c6 felt is expose
E. Lay rooffcg shakes with 10" exposure on roofs.
1. Shakes shall be doubled at all eaves and projected out
eave boards 1-1/2". Space shakes apart not less than :
not more than 318". Upper 13" of the shake shall cot b starter course ,
Apply shakes at hips and ridges at same exposure as thc
the roof . 2.
3. Shakes shall lap ell valley flashing at least 6".
11. At valleys saw shakes to proper miter. Do not break ja
with grain parallel with 1 into valleys nor lay shakes line of valleys.
Lay shakes with not more than two full-driven nails, 5.
F. Nails at all shakes shall be driven flush but not so that rr crushes the wood.
3.2 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 01500.
END OF SECTION
Lightweight Cement Roof Shakes-7.:
-1
SECTION 7.60
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Requirements of-ision I shall apply to all uork of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Flashings and counterflashings in connection with roofing.
E. Weathersealing and calking in connection with this work.
C. Exterior door drip flashings.
D. Parapet copings.
E. Scuppers, F. Leaders, leader heads and gutters. ti. Pitch Pocket Pans.
H. Waterproofing membrane flashing.
I. Miscellaneous sheetmetal work indicated on the drawings.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A, Conform to recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors Na t I on al Assoc lot Ion.
B. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field cond
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all cor
tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
C. Shop drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30, showing in complete detail all information required for fabrication, finishing
and installation of this work. Show gauges of every piece, s
spacing. of fasteners, .
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Galvanized sheet metal: Conform to ASTH A525, thickness indicated
specified, but not less than 26 gage.
El. Solder: Standard brand of 50:50 Alloy Lead-Tin, complying with AST)
832. Name of manufacturer and grade designation shall be cast or d
marked on each bar.
C. Solder flux: Raw muriatic acid.
D, Sheet metal fasteners: Rivets, nails, sheet metal screws, machine scieus, self-tapping screus, and stove bolts, of the types and 3ize
best adapted to the condition of use. Provide fasteners of the tvp
specified or indicated.
1. Use only galvanized steel, or 300 Series alloy stainless steel .y. baLlrSIlse( J crINJeU t; t:ii weaiiior. Cadmium plated fastener: are acceptable only for interior work.
P-- e--.----- -..-- --.I
2. Pop rivets may be used for metal-to-metal connections when futl
Flashings h Sheet Metal-
disassembly is not required. Open-end type may be us
applications except where watertight conne!c tions are
uhlch case use closed end type.
E. Shopgtime coat: Pre-treatment and primer as speciffed in
Sectfon of these specifications.
F. Flashings and reglets: Fry; complete assemblies uith all
preformed ln-and-out corner assembl ies, and accessories re4
proper installation in compliance with manufacturer's inst
fiibricate and install flashing to exert a constant pressurc reglet and roofing. Install flashing with overlapped ends
tight waterproof seal. Tape or fill reglets with a removal to prevent intrusion of mortar or dirt. Flashings shall bc
removable and replaceable without clips or screws unless at approved. Select from following types when they are appli' conditions.
1. For Installation with cement plaster: Fry "Springloc
system Type ST (Stucco). Install asdetailed on the '
2. Surface-mountcd'flashing: Fry Surface Mounted Type Slr
"Expan-O-Seal" flashing reglet system, Install in acc uith manufacturer's instructions, 7" minimum above ca
Lap reglet 3" at joints,
3. For installation in masonry: Fry wSpringlock" flashir
Type HA (Masonry). Install in horizontal masonry joii high point of cant strip. Step down to maintain 7" mi
cant str Ip.
After base flashing has been installed, inspected and apprc
install counterflashing in compliance uith manufacturer's :
ttons, Lap flashing a minimum of 3".
6. Fabricate and install flashings and counterflashing3 indtcz the above specified pre-fab flashings are unsuitable.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION AND ASSEHBLY-GENERAL:
8. Workmanship: Fabricate and finish metal work in a first
accordance with best trade practices and with all joi
accurately machined, filed and fitted, and rigidly frat
connected. Carefully match components to produce perfem
line and design. Make joints and connections in exte
watertight, using approved sealing materials and methods c faces .of metal in contact uith hairline joints, exce
indicated or required for expansion or fitting. Conceal f;
atherwise indicated. Conceal required reinforcements wit
assenrbl y m
B. Expansion and contraction: Form and fabricate uork to adec
provide for thermal expansion and ContFactioo and building
the completed uork, without overstressing the materials, br connections, or producing wrinkles and distortion in ffni.?!I
Flashings h She@
- 12
faces. Finish sheet metal work water and weathertight throughout.
C. Attachment clips: Where subject to thermal expansion and contracti
attach members with clips to permit movement without damage to the
instaation, or provide slotted or over-sized holes with washers wherc appearance is not critical, and such are acceptable to the
Architect .
D. Lock seams: Hake lock seam work flat and true to lise; sweat full solder except where installed to permit expansion and contraction.
Lap flat lock seams, and lap seams where soldered, according to pit
but in no case less than 3". Hake seams in direction of flow. Fil expansion joints with sealar,t.
E. Soldering: Thoroughly clean and tin material prior to soldering.
Solder with heavy coppers of blunt design, properly tinned before i.
Solder slowly with well heated coppers, heating the seams thorough1 and completely filling them with solder. Finish surfaces neatly,
full-flowing and smooth. Wash acid flux thoroughly with a soda sol
tion after soldering and completely remove soldering flux on expose
surfaces .
Welding: Conform to the requirements of AWS "Standard Code for Arc
and Gas Welding". Perform welding in a manner resulting in strong, durable, tight, flush, smooth and clean joints. Weld sheet steel t
produce full and complete fusion welds without inducing locked-in stresses in the metal, or surface distortions.
F.
G. Calking: Uhcre indicated, calk joints in sheet metal work and betw
sheet metal work and adjacent construction with poly-sul fide sealin compound. Apply in accordance with Calking and Sealants Sections.
3.2 DESCRIPTION OF ELEMENTS:
A. Standard or stock items and those items which are sufficiently detailed to permit fabrication and installation are not covered eve
though they are listed in the Scope.
B. Door dtip flashings: At exterior door heads, provide galvanized 3t
metal drip flashings.
C. Scuppers: Fabricate of galvanized sheet steel to dimensions indi-
cated with joining seam at top, well soldered with flat lock seam.
Provide flange at top and sides and flange onto roof as indicated.
Bed in mastic around entire perimeter and nail in place.
D. Headers and leaders: Form of galvanized sheet steel to connect int steel pipe drains.
E, Pitch Pans: Fabticate to slope of roof. Level tops- U" min. deptl
f 1 acge .
3.2 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
Flashings h Sheet Metal
SECTION 7.90
JOINT SEALERS -
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A This Section contains general specifications pertaining
to all weathersealing and calking throughout the
project, and becomes a part of all sections containing ref er ence her e t 0.
B. Apply sealants to all joints in exterior of buildings
and calking to all Interior joints.
C. Specific requirements contained in the various trade
sections making reference to this Section supersede
general or conflicting requirements herein.
D. Two year guarantee.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Guarantee: Provide written guarantee for all calking and sez
all defects of material or appllcation for a period of tu0 ye& of acceptance. All failures that may occur within this p
defective application or materials shall, upon written notific
failure, be repaired or replaced with proper materials anc additional cost to the Qwner.
8. In accordance with Section 1-30, submit to the
Er\q;neeC samples of the various types (and colors where
applicable) of materials specified, prior to delivery to the job.
C. Deliver materials to the job in original unopened
containers bearing manufacturer's name, product designation and date of manufacture.
D. Instull proprietary materials specified herein fn
compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Obtain
copies of manufacturer's instructions for Ew',heey at
least 2 weeks before application.
Verify limitations of products with manufacturers. E.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A, Use sealants of the follouing types and manufacturers.
Unless specified of directed otherwise, use materials
Jo in t Se a 1 e r s-7.90- 1
- 127
to mstch color of adjacent materials. Where adjacent
materials on each side of the joint are different
colors, the &q;nC.W uill select sealant colors. If
the desired color is not available from one
manumurer, select proper color from another
manufacturer.
2.2 INCXDENTAL MATERIALS:
A. Staining characteristics: All joint filler, primers,
or other materials used In conjunction with sealants
shall be of such composition as to not cause staining
of the sealant or the materials to which they are
applied .
B. compressible joint filler: Closed cell neoprene,
plastic foam, or urethane, as recommended by the
sealant manufacturer for use in conjunction with the sealant.
1. Use butyl rod backing for all compressible joints.
C. Primers: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer for use in conjunction with the sealant for application
onto the various types of materials to uhich the sealer is applied,
D. Cleaners, where required in lieu of primers: As
recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
2.3 MATERIALS TYPES:
A. Type I1 - one part polysulfide,-FS TT-S-OO230C. Use
for vertical and horizontal joints in connection with
concrete, plaster, steel, aluminum and glass. Do not
use in traffic areas.
1. Rubber calk 5000s. by PRC.
B. Type 42 - tu0 part polysulfide, FS TT-S-00227E. Use
for vertical and horizontal joints in connection with
masonry, concrete, plaster, steel, aluminum and glasa.
Do not use in traffic areas.
1, Rubber calk 150 (flow type) or 250 (heavy type) by PRC.
C. Type 13 - Multi-part Polyurethane Base, FS Tf-S-00227E. Use for vertical joints in connection with all bui1dir.g
materials or for traffic areas. Use Rubber Calk 220 or
Dymeric for traffic areas.
1. Rubber Calk 210 (heavy) or 220 (flow) by PRC.
De Type #u c ccc ---e -4 7 4 ---e (-----n-n**- rt*rP-arr\ Fs vu. .I "*A*""..- ,..-.. v-. --- --. .--.--.
TT-S-0015U3A. Use for vertical joints above grade in
connection with glass, ceramics, steel, wood and
aluminum.
Joint Seelers-7.90-2
-
I. SCS-1200 Construction Sealant, by GE.
Type IS - one part silicone (prow surfaces) FS 'ITS-
Use for vertical joints above grade in
OO1su+ connee ion with concrete, masonry, steel, aluminum and
glass.
1. 780 Building Sealant, by Dow-Corniny.
Type 16 - two part silicone (porous and non-porous).
Use for vertical and horizontal joints above grade in
connection with concrete, ceramic3, wood, steel, aluminum and glass.
1. SCS-1600 Sealant, by GE.
Type 17 - one part acrylic sealant.
and horizontal joints in connection with all building materials. Do not use in traffic areas.
1. Mono, by Tremco.
L
F.
6. Use for vertical
H. Type 18 - compressible polyurethane foam. Use for
vertical and horizontal joints in connection with concrete, precast concrete, masonry, roofing, siding, plaster, drywall, metal and glazing and may be used in
traffic areas. Use Poly-Tite only under hard
protection .
1. Poly-lite, by Sandell.
3.0 EXECUTION 1
3.1 APPLICATION:
A. Joint filler: Accurately position within the joint to
establish and control a uniform designated thickness of
sealant.
8. Apply material with sufficient pressure to completely
fill the void space and to assure complete wetting of contact area to obtain uniform adhesion. During
application, keep tip of nozzle at bottom of joint, forcing sealant to fill from bottom to top. Finish
joint smooth and flush with adjacent surface unless detailed to be finished belou surface.
C. Perform joint preparation, including cleaning and
priming, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Provide mhnufacturer's inspection of conditions prior
to start of the work and initial supervision at the
start of each application, in order to insure that any
physical conditions which would result in defective
Joint Se a1 er s-7. SrC
- 129
work are properly corrected before materials are
applied, that properly instructed personnel are
available to do the work, and that proper procedures are being followed, Provide such inspection and supmsion by qualified personnel. Report all unsatisfactory conditions existing at the time of inspection in writing to the Architect for correction
before proceeding with the work.
3.2 CLEANUP
A. Performance in accordance with the Gener a1 and Supplementary
Conditions ,
4.0 WARRANTY
A. Contractor shall furnish o@ner with two copies of uritten
warranty referring to this project by name and guaranteeing WOrk3nMship and materials for at least tuo gears.
END OF SECTION
Joint Se a1 er s-7.00-U
SECTION 8.18
METAL DOORS h FRMLS - Requirements 07 Division X shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE: Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute
indicated on the drawiws, as specified and as necessary to complete t
including, but not limited to, these major items:
A. Hollow metal doors.
8. Pressed steel frames.
C. Louvers (where indicated).
D. Shop prime coat. E. Installation of frames. F. Shop drawings.
G. U.L. labeled construction (where required).
M. two year guarantee.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with
actual field conditions. Inspect related work and
adjacent surfaces. Report all conditions which prevent proper execution of this work.
B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the
governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the Building Code, the more
stringent shall govern.
C. Shop Drawings: In accordance with Section 1.30, submit th
Doors and frames, showing gages and types of me,tal, fram construction, sound deadening insulation, molding* profiles
hardware and reinforcements and preparation to receive hardua
schedule relating the type of door and frame to be fnsta
scheduled door opening or place of installation.
D. Coordination of work: Coordinate with the supplier of finish
the supplier of other doors to be installed in hollow m Templates will be furnished by the hardware supplier for use
of shop drawings and for preparation and reinforcement of do0
to receive the hardware.
E, Labeled openings: Where labeled openings are scheduled
or are required by codes, construct doors and fralnes in strict accordance uith the requirements of
Underwriters' Laboratories and attach labels for the Indicated classificition.
F. Approved manufacturers: Curries, Overlv. Krieriier, Steelcraft
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not to be construed as a canplete list)
Metal Door3 L Frawc
- 131 -
2.1 DOORS:
A. natejials and fabrication: Fabricate of two formed sheets of comme
quality 18 gage roller leveled carbon steel sheets. Reinforce inaide
20 e, minimum, vertical channel reinforcement running full leng door, approxiamttly 6n O.C. and spot welded un o.c.. Close top and bc and reinforce with channel member full width of door, not lighter Lh
gage. Spot ueld door edges at 2" O.C. for full height of door or reir
with channels, as standard with the manufacturer. Provide sound dead
materials to make doors free of metallic ring. Use rock mineral cellular asbestos fire retardant insulation, or equal as standard wit
manufacturer. Exposed seams at edge or on face of doors arc acceptable.
E. Reinforcement: Mortise and reinforce doors for
hardware in accordance with templates furnished by hardware supplier. Drill and tap to receive mortise
hardware, Provide suitable reinforcement for surface
applied hardware items; drilling and tapping for surface applied items shall be done in field.
Reinforcement for hinges: 9 gage flat bar reinforcement, drillc
tapped for hinges. Reinforcement for locks and other mortise hardware: not less than 12 gage. Provide 18 gage reinforcemei
surface applied items,
C. Clearances:
Bevel lock edges and meeting stiles of pairs of doors
118" in 2n. Allow 14" clearance at top rails and at lock and hinge stiles. At floors and thresholds allow l/un nominal clearance, except where otherwise indicated or scheduled.
2.2 PRESSED STEEL FRAMES:
A. Material and fabrication: Form of not less than;l6
gage cold-rolled or hot-rolled prime carbon steel
sheet, free of defects impairing strength, durability
and appearance. Hiter corners and weld continuously,
with expsed joints ground smooth to a true plane, flwh
with surface of base metal. Form surfaces free Of warp, uave, buckle and other defects, with edges, angles and corners square, clean and sharp. See drawings for window and doors with muntins. Provide complete with
neoprene glazing beads.
B. Reinforcement: Mortise and reinforce frames to receave all hardware. Drill and tap in accordance with templates furnished by hardware supplier. Punch door stops to receive rubber silencers. Weld 22 gaue steel
plaster guards over hardware reinforcing plates at mortise hardware locations. Provide hlnge reinforcement of 3/16" thick flat steel bar welded to frame at each hinge cutout, drilled and tapped. Provide 12 gage minimum reinforcinn plates, spot welded
to frames at lock, latch, and other mortise hardware
locations, including door closers and brackets.
Metal Doors h Frames-8.
Reinforce at surface applied hardware locations with lu
gag em inim um re info r cem en t ,
C. Anchors: Provide 14 gage steel anchors, spot welded to ins@i?-of frkmes, fixed or with adjustable feature as
required by wall conditions, spaced not to exceed 2u"
O.C. at jambs and head. Where installed in masonry
walls, arrange anchors to provide vertical adjustment
to coincide with horizontal masonry joints. Attach -l&
gage steel floor clips, spot welded to each jamb and
punched for anchorage to floor. Do not remove steel
spreader until frames are securely anchored in place,
square and plumb.
f. Mutes: Door frames shall be equipped with rubber
bumpers at top and bottom of stop face on strike jamb, Pairs of doors shall have bumper on stop face of head,,
each side of center.
2.3 DOQR LOUVERS:
A, Stationery: Airolite No, 5834 or Panelouvre 188 metal louvers, 1 3/an thick, 20 gage minlmun metal thickness.
Furnish with Airolite or Panelowre Type "GW metal moulding
(both sides). Furnish louvers and molding with factory
applied prime coat as specified for metal doors,
Provide removable aluminum mesh hardware cloth insect screen in standard folded aluminum frame on the
interior face of all lowered doors located at building
exterior. Full-buvered doors shall be as approved upon
shop drawing sutmittal.
2.a FINISH:
A. Doors and frames: After assembly, grind door edges
smooth and fill flush with mineral filler ta conceal
seams. Follow with thorough cleaning, rinsing, bnd
phosphate coating of all exposed surfaces. Give doors
and frames one shop coat of baked-on, rust-inhibitive
metal primer, as standard with manufacturer, not less
than 1 mil thick.
3.0 EXECUTXON
3.1 FRAHE INSTALLATION:
A, Installation in masonry walls: Erect frames in
position, plumbed and securely braced, and uith clip angles attached to floor. Provide adjustable masonry
anchors with sufficient adjustment to permit placing
anchors in masonry joints without bending. Install
horizontal spreaders to keep jambs from bouing in as frames are being filled with grout or mortar. Erect
masonry after frames are installed and fill frame vitk grout or mortar as erection of wall progressez.
B. Icstallation in stud partitions: Attach frames to
Metal Doors h Fram
- 13
studs with "Z" type clips or strap anchors to adjacent studs, . Exercise particular care to insure that frames
are installed symmetrically with respect to the studs.
F
3.2 CAULKING :
A. Where frames are required by the drawings to be
installed with caulking, provide watertight end
weathertight construction. Conform to the requirements
of Calking and Sealants Section for both material and
uor km ash i p .
3.3 CLEANUP
A. Perform in accordance with the General and Supplementary
Conditions .
END OF SECTION
Metal Doors & Frames-8.
--
SECTION 8.20
WOOD AHD PLASTIC DOORS F
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section,
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Wood doors.
8. U.L. labeled doors (where required).
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawings dimensions with actual field
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report a11 tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
B. Samples: In accordanca with Section 1-30, submit 8" square sam
of doors to receive transparent finish.
C. Storage: Store in clean dry spaces in manner to prevent damage any cause. Lay all doors flat, 8bOVe the floor, on level suppc
D. Guarantee: In accordanca with Section 0.55, submit written gua
in approved form that all defective materials or workmanshiparel
within a period of 2 years after final acceptance will be prompl
repaired or replaced to the Owner's satisfaction, Cover the fol
items Specifically. .
1. Delamination in any degree.
2. Warp or twist of l/&* or more. 3. Telegraphing of core unit through face veneer.
4. Any defect which may affect petfonnance or appearance.
E. Labeled openings: Where labeled openings are scheduled or are required by codes, construct doors In strict accctrdanct with thc
requirements of Underwriters' Laborator ies and attach labels foi
indicated classification.
F. Approved manufacturer: Weyerhaeuset, Col-Wood, Geneerco, Srrnpsc
Timber.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 SOLID CORE DOORS:
A. Core: Kiln-dried, low-densitg, 2-112" wide, random length uood
blocks, edgeglued with joints well staggere?.
E. Cross bands: 1/16" kiln-dried hardwood, full width of door, wit
grain perpendicular to face grain.
C. Edge bands: Kiln-dried hhrdwood, not less than 518" thick after
Wood and Plastic Door
-1
ttitming, stile bands of sane species as face veneer.
D. Facd'veneers: 1/28" thick kiln-dried "Sound" grade Beech or Birc
unselectd for color where opaque finish is indicated, "Good" gri unilSHe light or dark for transparent finish.
2.2 FIRE-RATED DOORS: (where requited)
A. Core-fiber reinforced mineral, 22 1bJc.f. density,
B. Crossbands, edgtbands and face veneers: As. specified for sollc doors .
C. Construction and labels: Construct doors to meet U.L requiremcr
for the flte=roting label required. Affix U.L. label as required drawings.
2.3 HOLLOW CORE DOORS:
A. Core: Honeycomb expanded kraft paper or horizontal and
interlacklng wood strips formfng 3-1 12"o.c. grid.
B. Lock Blocks: at least 20 long and 33/8" wide.
C. Edges: Stiles, kiln-dried wood, not less than 1" thick after stile bands of same species ps Coca veneer. Rails, minimum w'idt,
Faces: 3-ply wLod veneer with 1/28" thick kilwdried ?Soundn g
or Bitch, unselected for color where opaque flntsh is indicat
grade uniform light of dark for transparent finish.
2.U CUTOUTS: (uhete required)
A. Openings for lowers (where indicated): Fully frame cutouts In c prior to applying face veneers. Locate as indicated but not clo3 than 5m from any edge. Provide stops and moldings to match face3
closely as possible; permanently attach to one side o@y. Ptovid metal glazing stops in labeled doors.
2.5 LOUVERS: (where required)
A. Airolite No. 583M Construct of 20 gage cold-rolled steel.
8. Finish: Factory applied rusGinhibltlve prime coat.
3.0 EXECUrION
3.1 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT:
A. Separators: Doors intended for opaque finish may be shipped in i vidual cartons or may be packaged in properly protected bundle3 u
heavy separators between doors,
8. Individual cartons: Package doors Intended for stained or transp
finish in indiv idual cardboard cattoni.
END OF SECTION
Wood an4 Plastic Door:
SECTION 8.70
HARWARE.
Requiraounts of Dfvision I shall apply t0 8ll work of this Section,
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 VORK INCLUDED
e
1
A. Finish Hardware,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS:
A. Packing, markicy and delivery: Each unit of hdrduare, a3
specified shall be individually packaged, ccmplete wrtn pr fastenings and all appurtenances. Each package 3hall oe c
ma-ked on the outside to show the contects ad specrfic IC
the work. Except where otherwise specified, deliver all h
the jobsite.
B. Submittals: As specified in Section l,3O.
C. Hardware list: k son as fe8sible after award of conrrac hardware list (5 copies) md submit it to the E-yheC fc .fie list shall idontify each hardware itea by manufacturer turer's catalog number and exact locatfoa in the work. ti in suitable form to facilitate checking azd approval by tt
Review of the hardware schedule by the Errqimeer does not hardware supplier from the responsibility of furnishing th
plcte.
1
0. Samples: Uhen XI directed, submit a sample of every item ( proposed in the work to the Ey;neer for approval.
E, Templates: In order to fnsuro proper placement and fit, a1
in connection with the metal doors or metal frames shall bc
template. Templates, or physical hardware ttems, shall be to manufacturers concerned sufficiontly in advance to avoh the work
IF, Temmrary cores: Temporary lock cores shall be used durinl
tlon and replaced when the projoct is turned over to the 0
Wart ant y .
1. Aa specified in Section 0.55.
2. All hardware shall be guaranteed for a period of two yc date of acceptance of the work, Defects in material3 a
ship occurring during the guarantea period shall be cor
the complete satisfaction of the Owner at the Contractc
ox pnse .
6 e
10. Lock Miforrity: Except Where Othet~dSe spcccifled, all loc
htchsets, cylinders and component puts, 8s specffied here
shall h by oae m~~ufactufer. >
If8 r d uar e- 8 . ? 0- 1
- 13;
1. Keying and mmter keylna: All 1oChets and Cylfndef3 shall be
and master keyed 8s instructed by the Oun8r. Furnish 8 6inimua thi.eo change keys for e8ch aylinder or lock and 8Ut.r keys as
required by tho Owner.
J. m3c strikes: All lock strikes shall k boxed, and shall have curved lip of sufflctent lergth to protect the trim and Jamb.
X. Ikor harduare: Hand of lock Sh.11 bo 8s indiC8tad. If door ha
changed during construction, make necessary changes ln hardware
additional expense to Owner. Locluets remove4 and reused shall
changed to the proper hand to flt new instollatlm. If lockset: cannot be reversed to fit, new tockstts shall be furnished.
All bc2s k.trrmt?otlr car*, -
L. Door Swing: Provide for 180 degrees unless indicated otherwise,
U. Closers: Provide any special 8r1aS or mounttrig devices requlred
N. Fasteners:
condlttons or as specifically indicated.
1. Quantities; 8s required. t. Finish; match h8rdu8ra. 3. u8teri.l. . 8. Nobfertow or 3.3.; at ertarior daors,
b. 3.3.; for stainless steel harduar..
8, bod scrim; full threaded; at wood doors and jambs.
5. nachice screws; at metal doors 8nd jamb3.
6. Sex bolts; closers to wood doors.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 nmuncruRm Ann QUAKTY:
A.
Bo Substitutloet Refer to Sectioa 1.30, ' .
me nanufacturer id~ntlClC8tIOn. catalog numbers and, symbols ref4
to oe the h8rdWlte schrdule Sh8u be used for biddid&
5.0 SCHEDULE
3.1 The hatdW8r8 is rchedded by S8tS designlted flU-1, flu*, etC., as fell
Hw- I -
1+ pr Butts FBB191-260 44 X 4+ El2 (1) 1 Lockset DSOPD OLY 626 (3) 1 Door Closer 8501- Par Arm S-AL (4) 1, (5) 1 Stop b Holder W-9060-2 US26D (5) 1- TkahoLd 17U - 36" (6) 1 mor Bottan 31sAN - 36" (6) 1 wmthers*s-88b17 (6)
Kick Plate 37 - 10 x 34 - uS3D
Hardware-8.70-:
-
Hw- 2
1 pr--= Hinge 2060-260 4# x 4 1 ea4 Butt Hinge FBB179-261) 4 x 4
14 bckset DMeDW 626 I
-
I
(
I - Phtc 37 - 6 x D.W. - 1/2,* us3m
- Hw- 3
3pr Butts FBBl79p &x& NRP
2 bckset L9080P 06L 626 1 bor Stop W-9iT US26D
2 R-h Bolts 5021 - 12" US26D
1 'Lhresbld 177A - 60"
1 Astragal 355 AV - 84"
LIST OF &I"-
2 D#sr Bottan 31Lw - 30"
=: ProQrtrnmbersLfstedaltharn!B~~taretobe mstimtfms of prochrt3 of equl
1.* Stanley Hardtarr 2. vonDl@n, rm. 3. schalge kxk co. Rso Substftutirrns) 4. Norton br canuols 5. Buildam Brass 'bbrks 6. Penbmufactmingco. 7. Grant €&We 8. hl*€hdware
A Quautp standard.
~s~~U~PcceptabLa~~Ofb En
END- OF SECTION
Hardware -
- 139
SECTION 8.80
GLAZING -.
Requirements&Division I shall apply to all uork of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
-
A. Glass.
8. Glazing.
1.2 tiENERAL PEGUIPEHZNTS:
A, Field conditionsf Verify drauizg dimensiocs uith irctual field cor:
ticcs. Irrtpect related work and adjacent surfaces. Repcrt all CCG ticrrs which prevent proper execution of this work.
B. Glass: Each piece of glass shall be of domestic manufacture, labe
with the mamfacturer's name and the grade or quality. Grade in compliance with FS DD-G-41C. Leave labels intact until completio
work or until removal is directed.
1. Flat glass: DD-C-61.
C. Samples: In accordance uith Section 1.30, submit duplicate sample of each piece of glass and other materials.
0. Labeling and certification:
1. Wher, insulatlcg, laminated, heat strecgthened or tempered gla
'are used, each piece shall have the manufacturer's label maic
tained until it is inspected at the job site by the Eny;neec
2. For all gloss r,ot required to have labels, glozing contractor
shall submit an affidavlt, as a condition prior to payment, stating that the gloss' installed conforms to the Enq'tnce~'S
specifications.
E. Maintenance Instructions: Provide Ouner uith two (2) COF manufacturer's printed instructions for care of all glass which
special t reat m ect .
F. Coordination: Provide cecessary data to unit manufacturer t
required clearances for glazing material.
2.0 PRCbUCT3
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Clew plate or float glass, thickness noted on plans, PPG or LOF.
8, ColoteWtinted glass, med, grey tinted 2 505 llght transmission,
noted, PPG or LOF.
Glazing-8.80-1
C. Double glazed, thickness noted, hermetically sealed, txt
color of odjxent glass. Interior clear unless otherwise EC --
0, Polyvinyl Chloride Glazing Gaskets:
1. vxtruded, flexible PVC gaskets cf the profile and hardn required for watertight construction; comply with AS114 Color to match metal finish.
E, Spacers: Neoprene, UO-50 durometer hardness, with proven co
bility with sealants used,
'4.0 EXECUTION
3.1 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE:
A, Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass
required, except as otherwise shown. Each injtallhticn mutt r,ormal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loadicg wit
failure of any kind including 1088 or breakage of gldss, fhi sealants or gaskets to remain uatertight and airtight, deter
of glazing materials and other defects in the work.
8. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installatlon n?te any which have observable edge damage or face imperfect
3.2 INSTALLATION OF GLASS:
A. Accurately cut and Install glass in accordance with manufact
instructions and with applicable requirements of "Glazin6 Mi issued by Flat Glass Hfrs. Ass'n.
B, Install to conceal "Tong Marks".
C. Set all glass to preclude looseness and rattle.
D. Glazing Channels and Beads: Install in oee piece on ea
corners tightly fitted.
Glass In wood or steel stops, back putty both sides af gla:
glazing compound. even with edges of stop members. Set a11 stops in glazing c
i E. Putty shall be neatly and 4?1COdy run to
3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING:
A. Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installaticn. apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass.
0. Remve and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, damaged in other ways during the construction period, includ natural causes, accidents and vandalism.
3.h WARRANTY
A, k specified la Section 0.55.
Glazing-8.80-2
- 141
B. Guzantee the installation fCr a period of two years agaic:st;
Breakage dw to stress resulting from improper cutting or 1.
--_ installation.
2. Leakage of water.
3.
h. Foggicg of double glazed glass.
e
Shrinkage or displacement of plastic or rubber gaaketing.
END OF SECTION
..
Glazing-8.80-3
SECTION 0.20
LATH h PLASTER
Requirements &DiVisiOR I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
-
A. Lathing for plaster.
B. Plastering.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual fie ticcs. Impect related work and adjacent surfaces. Repcrt
which prevent proper execution cf this work.
B. Delivery: Deliver all materials in their original container
seals unbroken and manufacturer’s name and product idtntific
clearly legible on each package.
Siorage: other sour ct . C, Store so as to preclude damage from moisture or fr
D,, Scaffolding and protection: Provide, install and maintain f
duration of the work all scaffolding, staging, trestles and
necessary for the work in strict conformity with applicable ordinances, and so as not to interfere with OiP obstruct the
others. Provide all forms of protection as necessary to pr-c
work of other trades free from’damage.
E, Reference specifications: Unless otherwise indicated or sp all materials and workmanship shall conform to the Lathirt 4
terlng specifications of the California Lathing and Plaster, tractors Association and -’Chapter a7 of the Uniform Build
F, Codes: Hateriels and work shall conform to the governing W
Code, In case of conflict between these specifications, th
specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent sb
G. Samples: As specified in Section 1.30. Submit l~ samples o texture and color of all plaster work
H, Backing fcr ceramic tile: Provide lath, scratch and brcun
pmter as backing for ceramic tile, interior or extepior, 1
is to be installed over this type base. Screed brown coat flat plane.
Lath & Plaster-9,
- 14
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 UTERIALS FOR UTHING:
&. n8td hth. 1
7 .qxterior vertical surfaces: Aqua-U-Lath, Tree Island Steel
2. Exterior soffits: 3.a#, 3/8n rib lath, galvanized. 3. Interior vertical surfaces: 3.W. flat expanded metal latt
4. Interior ceilings:
primed, unleas noted othervise (u.n.o.)
a) Supports 16" o.c.; 3.U flat rib lath, primed. (u.n.0.)
b) Supports abn o.c.; 3.U#, 318" rio lath, primed. (u.n.0.
B. Lathing accessories: Longest available lengths; fabricated of
galvanized yteel for interior; zincalloy for exterior. Use ano
almicum &ere specifically indicdted.
1. Casing beds: Hlnlmurn 2u gage, square or bullcose as requ
2. Corner beads: Minimum 26 gage, small nose or bullnose as
required.
3. Control joints: 26 gage x plaster thickness, Type 416 by
4 Superior Metal Trim Products.
11. Special screeds: Preformed to profiles as detailed with pt
forated flanges.
) 2.2 MATERIALS FOR PLASTERING:
A. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type 1. Use only one company's bri
throughout the work.
B. Hydrated lime: Normal hydrated, conforming to ASTM C6, Type N,
into putty, or special finish hydrated, eonforming to ASTH C206
C. Aggregates:
1. Sand aggregates (u8sh.ad natural sand): Clean, sharp, and !
from clay, loam or other foreign matter.
2. Cement plaster: Conform to ASM ClW, graded as f'ollous:
Sieve Size % retained Sieve Size Z retaiced
II 0 30 30- 65 8 0- 10 59 79- QC3
16 10-110 100 00- 100
For base coats: Not more th8n 50% retained between any two consecutive sieves nor more then 25s between the No. 50 and
100 sieves.
Finish coat: Sand passing No. 14 to No. 20 sieve, for medii
texture sand finish, unless otherwise indicated. Yhcre smo )
L8th i Plaster-9.20-2
finish 1s indicated, use No. 30 mesh graded silica sa;d. 1
0. Water: Clean and from a source intended for domestic consump
E. Color coat plaster: A textured aggregate, Portland cement and
p o uct, specifically prepared for spray application in a colc
tex ?+!- we as indicated on the drawings. Submit samples for the
of the Architect. Texture is to be attained in part by build1
vith trouel so that it will be visible from as far as 100 feet
more .
1
2.3 MIXES:
A. ?9ttlac.d resect pldter:
1. Scratch coat: 1 part cement, u parts sand, 1/10 part 113
lime putty, dn4 water.
2. arown coat: 1 part cement, 5 parts sand, 1/10 part Irae I
putty, and water.
3. If plastic cement is used, omit the lime or lime putty.
a. Finishing coats: For typical sand finish, use one part P cement and 3 parts fine sand with sufficient hydrated lim
to make mortar work easy under the trowel, but not in cxc
101 of cement volume.
a. Mix integrally colored plaster in accordance uith ma 1 turer's directions.
3.0 EX€CUTION
3.1 LATH:
A, Apply lath in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Fir
flat planes solidly fixed in place by nailing and wiring with E
nized nails and wire.
8. Form plaster details with galvanized diamond mesh fixed solidi!
place and so that 3-coot plaster work will be true to form.
C. Use specified control joints in allexterior plaster as indica'
3.2 HEEUPXNC AND MIXING PLASTER:
A. Measure non-bagged material3 in cal lbrated boxes; shovel measurc
dre prohibited. Fcr mechanical rnixiny., completely dischhrge thc
aAd remove a11 set or partially hardened mhtetial before lcadrr.
next batch. Partially set material may not be retempered or u1
3.3 PLASTERING:
A, Perform the work in accordance uith the best standards of Fact
related to the trade, and properly coordinate the plastering woi
the work of other trades. Comply with all appllaable requireme 1
L8th & Pl&stt~-9.20-
- 14:
the governin8 Bullding Code, including Fire-Resistive Standards,
Arrange and install plastering work when and as required to COEC
connect with work of others in a finished manner. Ascertain if
impactions of concealed work are necessary or have been made be
this work is installed, Uncover any work covered before inspect arude when directed by the Er\q;heer or other authority havdn
j uTsd i c t i on .
Application of plaster by machine methods is approved providing
be demonstrated that uniformly satisfactory results can be obtai
D. Rod and straightedge plaster to uniform surfaces in true plane a
finish free from laps, ctacks, checks or other atructurdl defect zurr'ace raperfectrscs, arA flush uith gfcwxts, corzer beads, saz
screed, cutlet boxes acd sisildr details.
B. 1
C.
E. finish at flush trim: Tool to a slight Y" uhere detailed. Pro
SCC-iCg rhere LrAi-ated. Plane surface shall not vxy loore thar: when tried with a 10 ft. straightedge, except uhere closer toler
dre specified.
F. Take special care when working into reentrant corners to see th
plaster is not allowed to build out beyond the established finis wall plane. Do rat lap successive coats over laps in former coi
Avoid joining marks by working top and bottom of area at same tA
3.1 APPLICATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER:
A. Thickr.ess of plaster: Not less than 7/8* thick for all exterior ) plastering.
B. Portland cement plaster base coats on metal lath: Apply scratch
to metal reinforcement with sufficient material and pressure to
the reinforcement In a full 1/2* of plaster. Before the scratch
has hardened, rake in a horizontal direction to provide keying f brow coat. After initial Set, keep continuously moist for a8 f
then allow to dry. Apply brown coot to scratch coat, bring out
ptourds 14" below finish coat, streighten to a true surface, fl
and compact, and leave sucficiently rough to assure adequate bor:
finish coat. Mako w cold joints In brown coat over cold joints
the scratch coat, Leave brown coat surface free of imperfection which might reflect in the finish coat. Hoist cure brown coat f
hours and allow to set for 7 days before applying finish coat.
C. Portland cement finish: Lightly dampen brown coat before applyi finish coat. Apply finlsh coat to dn approximate thickceas oE 1 and bring to a fine sand float finish, except for plaster expose
the exteyior uhich shall be integrally colored and textured as 3
fied under Paragraph 2.2, & above,
3.5 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60,
END tY? SECTION )
Lath & Plostor-9.20-~
SECTION 9.215
VENEER PLASTER e
Requirements of Divison I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment, necessdry to
interior veneer plaster work as indicated on drawings at walls and c
A. Work Included in This Section: Provide interior veneer plas
complete. Principal items of work include but arc not limited 1
1, All fasteners furring channels and metal !Yarning, os reqt as necessary for indicated fire rating.
2, All labor and materials necessary to provide special rad
and arched surfaces indicated on the drawings. 3. Provide and apply high strength gypsum vtrneer plaster 1 application. 1). Protective covering of all finish surfaces and items again
and staining by work of this Section. 5. Cutting and patching of plaster work as required for the wo
trades and necessary for the completion of the veneer plast
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces.
conditions which prevent proper execution of this work
Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Bui, In case of conflict between these specifications, the
Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall 8
C. Reference Speciftcations: Except as may be modified
Jpecifications and applicable laws and ordinances at the place o install this work to conform to the recommendations of thc
manufacturer .
Report to the E~
8,
D. Delivery and Storage: Deliver all materials in unbroken packaf
manufacturer's brand and designation. Keep materials dry and
from the weather. Take care to avoid damage to edges, ends, and
1.3 SAMPLES: Submit samples of veneer finish per Section 1.30 to the EC, approval.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
All materials, unless otheruise indicated, shall be manufactured
Veneer Plaster-9.215-1
- 147
States Gypsum, or approved equal.
A. Veneer Plaster: Diamond Interior Finish applied aver Imperial Gypsu
Provide texture finish as selected. s+
manufacturer.
Be Accessories: Metal trim, corner beads and screeds as recommended
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK:
Coordinate with Hechanical and Electrical trades in the locatir
installation of their work. Provide bridging, bracing and backing to s
their work installed in or on veneer plaster construction. Do not cloa
faces of walls until their installations have been inspected and approved,
3.2 FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTXON:
Construct walls and ceilings in accordance with the requirements t
governing Building Code for the time rating indicated or required.
3.3 CLEAN UP:
Perform in accordance with Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
Veneer p1 as t e I- 0.2 I 5 -2
-
SECTION 9.25
GYPSUM .BOARD !!e-
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Gypsum board on uood framing and solid substrates.
8. Gyps- backing board for other finishes.
C. Sound control products, accessories and trim.
D. Joint taping and finishing.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions witlh actual field 1
tiow. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report con(
which prevent proper execution of this work.
8. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Build
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications, the Re
Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall
C. Reference specifications: Except as may be modified by these a
cations ond applicable laws and ordinances at the place sf buil
install this work to conform to the requirements of 'Standard Si cation for Application and Finishing of Gypsum bard, ASTH CWC
Gypsum Association and the product manufacturer.
D, Approved manufacturer: United States Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacif
Gold Bond.
E. Delivery and storage: Deliver all materials in unbroken packag
bearing manufacturer's brand and designation, Keep materials d
protected from the weather. Take care to avoid damage to edge:
and surfaces.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Gypsum wallboard: Conform to ASTH C-36, CUU2 and C630. Uae t;
edge sheets and Type "xw or Type W/R uhere noted and uhere reqr code. Use thickness indicated but not less than 112". All t
5 18" m tnlmum.
B. Joint reinforcing tape, compounds, adhesive and metal corner re
forcement: Standard products recommended by the manufacturer (
gypsum uallboard used in the uork.
Gyps urn ,Bo ard-9 ,, 25- 1
- 14
C. Fasteners: Sel f-drilling, sel f-tapping, countersunk dryuall Scre W? nai-esigned for dryuall work. Lengths as recommended by the mar
factiihr for the uallboard thicknesses used, but not less than 5!8' longer than thickness of board.
D. Trim.
1. Casing bead; U.S.G. f200-B.
2. Edge trim at abutting surfaces; U.S.G. 0200-B,
E. Acoustical seal ant: Non-dr ying , non- harden ing , per m anen tl y flex ib 1
synthetic rubber-based product: Soundcaulk 101, by Parr, Inc., Los Angelcs , California.
F. Adhesive for laminating insulation to masonry and gypsum board to
insulation shall be nStyrofoamn brand mastic No. 11. Adhesive for
laminating gypsum board to other surfaces shall be as recommended b;
the gypsum board manufacturer.
3.0 EXECUTION
. 3.1 APPLICATION:
A. Cutting and installing: Cut gypsum wallboard by scoring and breakin
or by sawing, working from the face side. Sand cut edges and ends where necessary to obtain neat joining when wallboard is erected.
Score cutouts or small opcnirgs in wallboard in outline before knock ing out or cut out with a saw; do not punch. Neatly scribe uallboar
meeting projecting surfaces. Stagger joints in the board with abut-
ting ends occurring over a support. To minimize end joints, use
wallboard sheets of maximum practical lengths.
opposite sides of partition to occur on different stu$s.
long dimension across supports, except that where fire rating is
required, apply long dimtnslon vertically with joints located over
stud flanges. Apply gypsum board to exterior uall insulation, using
specified adheslve, in strict accordance with manufacturer's instruc-
tions. Leave l/an clearance at floor only.
Arrange joints on
Apply with
B. Fasteners of gypsum board to framing: Space fasteners at 12" O.C. ir
the field and 8n O.C. staggered along abutting edges, or closer where
required by fire resistive construction code approvals. While faster ers are being driven, hold the wallboard in firm contact with the
underlying support. Proceed from the central portion of the uallboar
toward ends and edges, uslng power screwdriver recommended by the
wallboard manufacturer to drive screus. Drive home nails or Screws
with heads slightly below wallboard surface in a dimple formed by the
fasteners head. Take care to ovoid breaking the paper face. Place
fasteners not closer than 318" from ends or edges of uallboard.
c1 p!$cl2tiez: C,lt=,t. =;s=.t..-:; ..-I' ror*; 2. - d oy(uv -c - .. f AiIg dwt, mortar incrusta-
tions and any other material detrimental to bonding of insulation.
Apply insulation, using specified adhesive, in strict accordance with manufacturer's instruct i ons.
Gypsum Board-9.25-2
3.2 JOXMT TREATMENT: (gee Special Finishes)
A. Field Joints: Apply a 3" wide uniform coating of adhesive cent1
over- joint; center tape over the joint and embed into the a sive, Allow to dry and sand smooth. Apply finishing compounds
the tape, extending tach coat slightly beyond the preceding one
Apply enough coats to make the entire wall flat and smooth and
to receive the finish specified, as approved by the EfiqMer.
each coat to dry and sand smooth.
manner.
Treat screw dimples in a lik
8. Inside angles: Treat inside corners and angles as for field jc except fold the tape in the mLddle to provide a clean sharp COT
fully embedded. .
C. Outside angles: Use metal corner beads and accessories standar
the wallboard manufacturer set In and finished with adhesive a: joints .
D. Sand the completed surfaces to eliminate all protrusions, fins,
roughness. Remove all dust. Leave In condition to receive pa: wall covering or other finish without further patching or sandj
3.3 SOUND TRANSHISSION SEALING
A. Gypsum board partitions abutting hard surfaces (concrete, maso
etc.).
1. At abutting walls end at hard ceilings, holcl gypsum board
uniform 318" an4 install edge trim, sealant backing und am sealant.
At. floor, hold gypsum board up 34" and install sealant bat 2. . and acoustical sealant.
B. Gypsum board partitions abutting acoustical cefl.ingsj
1. Install 1/8* x 1 l/P self-adhesive foam amustical tape 0
contact fact of top track prior to attachment to the ceili
C. Electrical outlets, switches and other scribed openings.
1. Seal with drywall patching compound to the thickness of th
board .
3.a HECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK:
A, Coordinate with Hechanical and Electrical trades in the locati
installation of their work, Provide bridging, 'bracing and bac
support their work installed in or on drywall construction. I
close both faces of walls until their installations have been
ted and approved.
3.5 FIRE-RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION:
A. Construct walls and ceilings in accordance with the requireme
the governing Building Code for the time rating indicated or
Gypsum Board-9.25-:
- 15
3.6 ACCESS PANELS:
A. Access panels for accesa to electrical or mechanical controls and
valvmhich occur in drywall partitions or furring will be furnish, to the job by the trade involved for Installation under this Sectfo, Locate panels where directed by E-'\n\eerand install level and squz with adjacent conatruction,
8. Refer to the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings and Specifications 1
add it ional requirements.
3.7 SPECIAL FINISHES
A. Textures: Using finishing compund recommended by the board manufac turer, develop sample panels of texture separately for walls and ceilings until the textures are accepted by the 6nq;neer.
3.8 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60,
END OF SECTION
Gypsum Board-9.25-u
SECTION 9.80
- SPECIAL COATING EF-
Requirements of Division I apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE: Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute this
indicattd on the drawings, as specifid and as necessary to complete tract, including, but not united to, these major items:
A. Concrete floor sealer.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report to the E-q.
ditions which prevent proper execution of this work.
8. Sample3: Subnit in accordance with Section 1.30 showing color
C. Codes: Material and work shall conform to the governlng Buildi
csse of conflict between these specifications and the Building stringent shall govern.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERXALS:
A This sealer to be a crystal cleaf, non-yellowing, acrylic seale
Use nLithachrome-Color w' on floorlng as indicated on plans.
sealer as manufactured by LM. Scoficld or equal..
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 Thoroughly clean all surfaces indicated to have sealer and seal witt
3.2 A31 installation to be per manufacturers recomendations.
END CF SECTION
Special Coating-9.8
- l!
SECTION 9.90 PLF PAX NTI NC
1.0 tiENERAL
1.0 WORK INCLUDED
A. Painting and similar coating application for protection and dec of the work.
1. The following specificattons cover the complete painting, an4
of all wood, plaster, masonry, concrete, metal, conduits, pi
other surfaces throughout the interior and exterior of the I except as otherwise noted. Work generally consists of, bu
limited to the following:
a. Interior and exterior surfaces and items of plaste
masonry, gypboard, metal and concrete. Includes bac parapets not covered with roofing.
b. Items projecting through or mounted on the roof i.e
vents, plumbing vents, piping, conduit, exhaust fans, mc
equipment, etc.
c. Wood and metd doors, including top, bottom and side ede
and window franes,
d. Wood cabinets including interiors.
e. Touch-up and finish painting of shopcoated metal and to^ factory finished items.
f. All exposed metal work, metal extinguishet cabinets, shec gravel stops, roof flashings, metal grilles, metal plaster expansion screeds, exposed ducts, pipe and condu
g. Steel fencing and gates.
he The Painting Contractor shall examine the specification3
various other trades and shall thoroughly familiarize
with all their provisions regarding their painting; understand that all Zurfaceg that are left unfinished or
unless excluded hereafter, are to be finished as a par1
Section.
1.. Uithin the interior of the building where painting of \
ceilings is excluded, include the priming, undercoa
enameling of doors, trim, and items of black i?on, i brackets, hanger rods, etc., which will be expose'
finished state.
2. The following sdtfaces are not to receive painter's finishc
otherwise indicated on the drawings.
Painting-9.00-1
a. Work having complete factory finish other than prim
not exclude touch-up.
Aluminum, stainless steel, brass, bronze, and pla
metals (not zinc, cadium or galvanizing) e
Equipment provided with a factory gloss finish.
pertain to ceiling and wall registers. (Galvanizing considered as factory finish).
6
c.
B, Colors and gloss: As selected by the F-lnect-.
C. Submittals.
9. As specified in Section 1.30
2. Submit complete llst of proposed materials, Document com;
with Contrct requirements.
3. Submit samples, using materials approved for the pro
color and paint finish, aelected. Prepare triplicate sam
showing successive coatings. For transparent and sta
prepare samples on species and quality of wood used in t
0. Environmental conditions: Apply no paint in rain, fog or mis
the temperature is below u5lDegreea F. Insure proper ventila
during all interior painting.
E. Hardware: Insure that hardware is removed before painting i:
Permit reinstallation only when paint finishes are thorough1
F. Coats: The number of coats specified is the mlnimum number i
able. If full even coverage is Rot obtained with the specifi
of coats, apply at no extra cost, such coats as are necessar]
produce the required finish.
G. Protection: Protect floors and all adjacent surfaces from
spatters or droppirgs. Use drop cloths to protect floors.
and remove hardware not to be painted. Mask aff areas where
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Shall be the product of Ameritone, Dutch Boy, Fuller Obrien,
h Lambert, Sequoia, or Sinclair, subject to the approval of me materials listed herein are a product of Sinclair Paint
a guide. If one of the alternate maufacturers as lia proposed, the Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of ma'
manufacturers material data to the cq;r\eor for approval i forth herein.
B. Review the paint and finish schedules with the Architect, an
complete ~1st zr materlais proposed for the wcrk, for the E
review.
C. Employ coats and undercoats for all types of rinishes as rec
Painting-?. 90-2
- 15!
by the manufacturers of the Chishes used.
Materials for undercoats and finish coats of paint shall be ready-
mixed and shall not b, changed, except thinning of undercoats (uhen
requw, reinforcing, or coloring, any of which shall be performed as reFomended by the manufacturers.
D.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. All surfaces to receive paint shall be clean, dry, smooth and dust free before application of any material. Prepare surfaces as follow!
8. Wood: Sand smooth and remove dust. Fill open joints, cracks, nail
holes and other pits or depressions flush and smooth with putty or
wood dough after priming. Calor putty to match finish paint coat.
Touch up knots or sap streaks with shellac or other approved sealer
before priming.
C. Masonry: Remove all foreign matter, efflorescence and encrustations. Use a stiff fiber brush to remove loose particles. Fill all depres-
sions and remove all fins and projections not inherent in the base material .
D. Primed ferrous metal: Remove all foreign matter. Touch-up abrasions
with ferrous metal primer.
E. Unprimed ferrous metal: Remove all rust, mill scale, and foreign
matter by wire brushing, scraping, sandblasting, or solvent, as
required to provide a clean smooth surface.
F. Galvanized metal: Remove all foreign matter and clean entire surface
with mineral spirits. Pretreat w5th phosphoric acid etch or vinyl wash. Apply primer the same day as pretreatment is applied.
G. Gypsum board. Remove all foreign matter. Fill all ;Its flush and smooth with spackle.
H. Plaster: Clean of dirt, dust, excess mortar, encrustation and forelg matter. Fill holes, pits and other imperfections flush and smooth.
Perform mixing or thinning of paint materials only as recommended by manufacturer . X.
3.2 PRIMING:
A. Wood: Before installation, back-prime all items to be installed at
concrete or masonry. Use factory-mixed primer. For wood having a s'
or transparent finish, use primer or first coat specified for ex surf aces.
B. Galvanized metal: Prime all surfaces, except where to be embedded in
conrtete, masonry or roofing; allow to dry before installatioo.
C. Ferrous metal: Prime all surfaces with ferrous metal primer.
Painting-0.QO-3
3.3 APPLICATION:
A. Apply material evenly, free from sags, runs, crauls, holidays c
defee Hix to proper consistency, brush out saooth, leaving f
of brush markj, enamel and varnish uniformly flowed on,
B. Apply paint by brushes, roller or spray.
Execption: Orange peel texture on enameled surfaces w
acceptable on walls and ceiling.
Tint all pigmented undercoats to approximately Sam@ shade as f:
coat. Perceptibly increase the depth of shade in successive c
D. Allow each coot to thoroughly dry before succeeding coat appli For oil paints, allow at least a8 hours between coats of' exter
work, except where otherwise recommended by the manufacturer,
C.
E. Finish all four edges of doors with same number and kind of co
as specified for their main surfaces. Where openings into roo1
having different finishes, finish door edges as directed.
Finish mill or shop primed items with materials compatible wit
0
F.
G. Hechanical and'clectrical work in exposed areas:
I, Include that portion of ductwork or plenum spaces, the in?
which is visible through the grilles, Paint dark gray.
2. Shop primed metal surface of all mechanical. and electrica
ment shall receive two finish coats of paint to match adjc wall or ceiling surfaces. Prime coat, in addition to abo3
all unprimed surfaces. Principal items of this work to i1
interior of hose cabinets, air grilles, ceiling diffusers
tric sub-panels, telephone panels, access panel?, conduit
and pull boxes, ducts and pipes.
3. All other mechanical equipment expo8ed to view, such i
uncovered piping and ductwork, pumps, compressors, ai'
equipment, tanks,furnaccs, etc., shall be painted as spe
where not supplied finished under other Sections.
H. Miscellaneous painting: Surface8 to be painted and not speci
described herein, shall be painted with a prcdiict specificall
factured or prepared for the material and surface; prime coat finish coats.
Upon completion, remove all rubbish caused by this trade. Rc
spots from flocrs, glass, and other surfaces. Leave premise
clean and orderly condition.
I.
J, At the completion of other trades, touch up damaged surface: requireci.
Painting-0.90-b
- 15;
3." PAINT FINISH SCHEDULE
A. Surfaces shall be flniahed in accordance with the fellowing proee
for the surface and finish desired thereon. - w B. Numbers used to identify paint indicate the paint in white. Same
material shall be in color selected.
C. Exterior.
1. P1 aster, Coccrete (F1 at Finish)
1 st Ccat SiRclair's No. 18 Epoprime 2r,d Ccat Sinclair's No. 1+00 Stuc-*Life
2. Concrete Block or Slumpstone Block (Flat Finish)
a. 1st Coot 1013 Vinyl Block Primer
2nd Coat 1300 Stuc-O-Life
b. Anti graffiti paint to be a glazed wall coating system 1C
thermosetting polyester coating system "Vitrocet", as manuf
Bithell, Inc., lOOu E. Edna Place, Covina, CA 9172a.
3. Metal - Ferrous: (Gloss Finish)
1st Coat 15 Chrome Oxide Primer
2nd Coat 2u8'Sash & Trim Primer
3rd Coat 250 Sash & Trim Enamel
1. Metal - Galvanized: (Gloss Finish)
Pr et reatment 7113 Vinyl Wash Rimer
1st Coat 25 Zinc Dust Primer
2nd Coat 2&8 Sash h Trim Primer 3rd Coat 250 Sash & Trim Enamel
5. Hetal - Primed
Pr et r eat men t
1st & 2nd Coat As set forth above far appropriate finisb
Torrcbup prime coat as required
6. Wood-Stain (Opaque)
One Coat &700 Acrylic Stainteke
7. Wood: Paint (Gloss Finish)
.- 1st mat 289 Exterior Wood Primer
2nd Coat 2400 Avalon bod Finish
D. Interior:
1. Concrete Block: (Gloss Finish)
1st Coat 1010 Vinyl Block kimer
Painting-9.90-5
- 158 - 2nd Coat 5175 Sinco Prlme Undercoater
3rd Coat 1800 Sinco Satin Enamel
2. Concrete Block: (Flat Finish)
- 1st Coat 1010 Vinyl Block Primer
- 1700 Sinwall Vinyl Latex P
3. Gypsum Board - (Flat Finishi
1st Coat 1770 Pigmented P.V. A. Sealer
2nd Coat 1700 Sinwall Vinyl Latex
&. Gypsum Board - (Gloss Finish)
1 st Ccat 1770 Pigmented P.V.A. Sealer
2nd Coat Q'f5 Sinco Prime Undrrcodter
3rd Codt 1800 Sinco Satin Emme1
5. docd: Pdint (Gloss Finish;
1st Coat 5175 Sinco Prime Undercoater 2nd Coat 075 Slnco Prime Undercoater 3rd Coat 1800 Slcco Satin Enamel
6- Wood: Stain (Transparent)
St ain
Filler SO Paste Yood Filler (as directed) Sealer 2600 Sanding Sealer
Tuo Coats 2600 Series Clear Lacquer (as selected)
Apply 2nd & 3rd Coats
3350 Colorairtic Wcd Stain (as required)
7. Metal:
'1st Coat - Ferrous Metal - 15 Chrome Oxide Primer
Galvanized ktal 28 White Prbe 2nd Coat 075 Slnco Prime Undercoater
3rd Coat 1800 Sinco Satin Enamel
%hop primed - Touch up-as required then apply 2nd h 3rd Coat
8. Wood Cabinet Interiors (including draucrs)
1 st Coat 2600 Sanding Scaler
3nd Coat 26111 Velvet Water White Lacquer Note: Lightly sand finish noat to provide 3rnoct.h iurfdce.,
END OF SECTION
Palnting-9.90-6
- 159 -
SECTION 30.165
PLASTIC LAMINATED TOILET COHPARTHENTS
Requirwents of Division I apply to all work of this Section,
1.0 GENERAL-
1.1 UORK INCLUDED
- -
A. Toilet compartments and urinal screens.
1.2 GENERAL .REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field cccditions: Verify drauicg dimensiccs with actual field cozdi
Report cocditions which prevent proper executior, ticns. Verify icstallaticn of backicg. Inspect related worx al?d
adjacect surfaces.
of this work.
B. Submittals.
1.
2.
As specified in Section 1.30.
to Ec\qic\eer. Chart ar samples of manufacturers full range of standard and optional colors. Clearly indicate any prmium priced
colors/ finishes .
Manuf acturer's product informat ion/spec if icat ions demorist ra t ing
contract compliance.
Shop drawings showing all dimensions, conditions and required
preparation,
Contractor to provide 5 color I
3:
k.
c. Colors.
1. As selected from manufacturers standard colors by the Eq:reer-,
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer
Sanymet a1 Global Bobrick niiis Fiat
B, Style.
1. Compartments - Ceiling hung with additional wall mounting.
2. Urinal Screerts - 2Pn x 112" unless ctheruise indicated, wall hucg
2.2 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION:
A, Compartment panels: flnish and performance standards as for doors.
Shall be 1" thick and of thesame constructio
E. Doors: Shall be constructed of 1/16" plastic laminate NEMA appr
laminated under heat and pressure to a plywood core, Finished Doors
Plastic Laminated Toilet Compartments-10
- 160
be lm with face sheets dpplied over scl f-edged edgebandlrg.
C. Hardware and Fittings:
Poors: Shall be equipped with top hinge recessed into door 2" with pin supported in door above and below top hinge bracket. La
shfiabe controlled power bearing consisting of Zytel cams und tez-ton. Door weight shall be carried by thrust bearing on1 y, r cams. Door cycling shall be on a level plane and shall be ope
adjustable to any angle within a 270 arc.
Brackets: For panels shall be double height, heavy extruded alum1
treated, ancdi zed dnd pol ishe4 .
O7eraticn: X thtust cearicg *hall carry the dccr -eight. All scc
3nal1 be cczcealed uithin the 1" dccr thickcass.
Accessories: Attachmect and Cczstructicn. Hizge btackets shal
ferrcus chrctie plated stirrup tvpe attaflhed to the pilaster by tnroudh belts. Top hinge oracket and bcttcm hizge btacket
recommeEded by manufacturer. Door keeper dnd stop shall be chro nan-ferrous with rubber bumper locked in place. Door latch concealed within the door thickness with brass pcllished chroc escutcheon plate and knob, Door bolts shall be sttaln~ess Stet ncsed a
1
D. Color: For partitions, doors and screens, coletr to be sel
Arc hi tect .
E. Special reinforcement: Provide concealed reinforcement to %upport 1 grab bars where these are indicatd.
F. Urinal Screen Ccnstruction: Use materials and method3 matching te
partitions In all respects.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATIOBS
A. Provide metal backing plates requited for secure anchorage of 1
components to structure in ceiling and wall.
3.2 IWSTALLATIQM:
A. Toilet compartments: Install at locations indlcated cn drawing. jupporting co3structicn rigidly secure, level and plumb. Ad just to perfect working order. Secure to wall3 and ceill.?gs uith neta
plates behind ytuds and/cr joists.
B. Urihal screens: Secure to metal backing plates fastened behind st
prior to appllcrtiou of wall finishes. Make entirely rigid, plumb level.
C. All work: Conceal all evidenc8 of cutting, drilling OF of rough
f os tuners , 1
Plastic tralnated toilet Compartments.
- 161
3.3 TOUCH-UP
A. Restore damaged surfaces and finishe3 to original condition.
3.y CLEANUB -
7
)
ee- A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END Cf SECTION
1
>
Plostio Larlnotod Toilet Compartments-1
- 162 -
SECTION 10.20
LOWERS AND VENTS -
- - 1.0 GENERAL-
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Vent Screeds.
0. Attic Vents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. As specified in Secticn 1.30.
8. Submit manufacturer's data and shop drawings to lET\ne& for q
prior to fabrication.
l.i DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 1.30.
1.0 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 0.55,
8: Manufacturer's standard.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify inside measurement of steel surrounds in wall openings.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE HANUFACTURERS
A. Louvers.
1, Uall: The Airolite Company, Marietta, Ohio.
2. Door: Barber Ccdban Co. 3- Screeds: Fry-Reglet Corp.
2.2 MATERIALS
A, Attic vents.
0. Airolite type K6776, extruded aluminum uitk bird scieecs, as indicated, Kynar 500 factory finish, color as select
Architect.
2. Size as inrlicated en Drawings.
B. Vent Screeds
1. Continuous vent screed Fry-Reglet PCS-75-V-1100.
Louvers and Vents-10.20-1
- 163 - C. Fastecers.
1. Attic Vects: Staizlesa steel machine bolts, I/&" diameter,
length required. -
ealant: As specified in Section 7.90.
bo 8-
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Report any conditions adversely affecting the installatioc.
'3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Attic Vents: Flashing acd ccunterflash and set ic rilsstic.
3.3 CLEANUP
A. As specified ir; Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
Louvers and Vents-10.20,
- 164 -
SECTION 10.00
MISCELLANEOUS ITEM
-
T - Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work cf this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE: Furnish mhterials acd perform labor required to execute this wcrl
icdicated on the drawicgs, as specified and as necessary to ccmplete tne
tiact, including, but cot limited to, these major items:
A. Tcilet Accesscries.
8. Identifyicg Devices.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Field conditions: Verify drawicy dimemions with actual field ccndi
Report to the tfiq;r\cec Inspect related wcrk and adjacent surfaces.
conditions which prevent proper execution of this work.
R Shop drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1.3CI showing In co
detail all information required for installation of this work.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 TOILET AND LATH ACCESSORIES: Uhere indicated cn drawings bnd/or spe
herein shall, unless otherwise noted be as manufactured by nobrick Wa
Equipment Company, or approved equal of 18 Ga., Type 30&, Series a
Stainless Steel as follows:
A. Grab Bars:
Toilets: Two wall wheelchair -637, 1 1/Dr 0 satin finish.
B. Toilet Paper Holders: B-288
C. Soap Dispenser: B-132
D. Warm Air Hand Dryer: 8-200
2.2 fDENTIFYINC DEVICES:
A. Toilet Room Signs:
Geceral: Froct ecgraved litelamine plastic, equipped with pressure 3er adResive mounting material, 1 /Un thick, graphics cclcr ccntrastin
background color, gender indicated by both word acd internal
pictographic symbol, conforming to California State requiremenl
barrier free design for the handicapped.
?, Men's Toilet Rooms
a, Equilateral triangle plaque measuring 12m an each side.
Hiscelloneouu It ems- 10. 90
- 16
2. Women's Toilet Rams
a. Circular plaque measuring 12" in diameter.
3.0 EXECUTIQYc c
3.1 INSTALLATIONS: Shall be in accordance uith manufacturer's recommendat set forth herein. All installation shall be set level and plumb.
-
3.2 CLEAN UP: As specified in Section 0.60.
1.3 TOILET ROOM SIGNS:
A.
E. Center orr door at height of 60" from flccr to center cf sign.
Apply usizg .elf-adhesive uounting medium prcvided.
END OF SECTION
Miscellaneous Items-
- 166
SECTION 11.50 - PLAY EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GFSJERAL - Furnish in locations as shown on the drawings. and install items of play equipment in quantities anc
Shop Drawings or Catalogs:
Shop drawings which show complete details shall be furnishec in quadruplicate for all items.
Location Inspection:
No playground equipment or apparatus or foundations for same shall be placed until location stakes have been inspected by the E -9; n 4eT.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Play Equipment:
As shown on the drawings, or approved equals. All paint shall be factory applied.
Manufacturer's Representative:
Timberform - Wakefield Associates, 714/752-6204. Miracle - Keith Vint & Associates, 714/581-0370.
Recreation Equipment Co. Patterson-Williams - Wakefield Associates 714/752-6204.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Installation:
All items shall be installed according to the manufacturer's written instructions which will be furnished with the equipment.
Equivalent methods of fabrication and installation differing from those employed by the manufacturer specified, may be accepted providing all variations are clearly shown on shop drawings or in catalogs which show complete detai.ls, and same are approved by the En+=,\-ee- prior to fabrication or placing order for delivery.
Concrete Foundations:
All equipment specified shall be set in concrete footings which shall be the size recommended in writing on printed matter furnished by the manufacturer or as shown on the drawings.
-1- 11.50 .. Play Equipment
- 167
SECTION 15.400
PLUEIBINS
-
- PART 1: S&!ERAL 1
1-01 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS:
A. The preceding General Mechanical Provisions shall form a part
this Sation with the same force and effect as though repea here.
1-02 SCOPE:
A. Included: Provide all labor, materials and services necess
for complete, lawful and operating systems as shown or noted the drawings or as specified here. The work includes, but i5 necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Sanitary sewer system.
2, Dmestic water system.
3, Stom drain system.
4. Fuel gas system.
5. Condensate drain system.
6. All equipment as shown or noted 011 the drawings or spectf id.
Line voltage power wlring, motor starters id motor con centers, disconnect switches and installation of all star arc included in the Electrical Satim unless other noted,
2. Concrcta and reinforcing steel unless speclfically called in the drawings or specifications.
3. Painting unless specifically called for in the drawing! specific at i ons.
-l -
8. Work Specifled Elsewhere:
1,
PART 2: PROOUCTS
2-01 PIP1 NG4ATER IALS:
A,- Sanitary Sewer:
1. $oil, Haste urd Vent Ptplng (Xm-Fre5sur~red):- Stan
eight coateda&kfrm pipe and fittings, Plain end with 3
IS. 400- -. - -- - -
- 168
neoprene gasket and stainless steel retaining sf ewe, e1 301, or hub end with rubber gaskets, BSTM A74, ASTM cs(
- Site 2' and snraller above grade nay be standard rei! galvanized steel, ASTI4 A120, with coated cast iron rees' * drainage fittings, ANSI 816.12.
2. Cleanouts: Floor Cleanouts: Smith 4025 with nfcl bronze top in finished areas; Smith 4225 in utility area Wall Cleanouts: Smith 4530 with stainless steel cover a
screw. Comparable models of Jasam, Wade or Zurn a acceptable.
3. Cleanout Box: Precast reinforced concrete. Cast iron 1 marked for service. Christy F22 in foot traffic areas; I in roadways.
1
6. Storm Drain (Including Rain Mater Leader, RWL):
1. Piping: Same as Soil, Waste and Vent Piping, except a otherwise noted on drawings. Plastic piping may be used i concealed locations where approved by local authorities Where exposed to view on exterior of building, piping shal be galvanized steel with recessed drainage fittfngs.
C. katet and 6as:
I. Hot and Cold Water Pfping:
a. Inside Building: Hard ternpet seamless copper, ASR 888. Wrought copper fittings, ANSI 816.22. Type L or C with 50/50 lead-tin solder joints above grade, Type t with brazed joints (800F, rain.) belw grade. All nipples shall be red-brass (8% copper).
-l
%
b. Outside Building: Same as Insjde Building.
2. Gas Pipinq: . a. Inside Buildinq - Above 6rade: 4' and Smaller: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASfM A120. 150 psi black malleable iron screwed fittings, ANSI 816.3, ANSI 831.8. Flexible connections shall be convoluted brass with dielectric couplings, AGA approved.
b. Inside Building - Below Grade to Five Feet Outside
Building: Same as Inside Building - Above Grade. Provide sleeves and vents acceptable to administrative
' authority.
3. Valves and Specialties:
a. Valves:
(1) General: Ranufacturcr'r node9 numbers are list& 1 blcte description, Equivalent arodels Os
- lS.40&7 - -
- 1I
Crane, Gtinnell, Milwaukee, Nfbco, Stock)
Walworth are acceptable. Butterfly valves substituted for 2-l/Zm and larger gate valvc
- . sp&fkation beiw.
- - (2) Gate Valve: 2' and Smaller: AI1 b -- Rising stem. Unlon bonnet. Wedge disc. 21 wO60 Stockham E-105. -Or- Milwaukee "Butte valve, except that this valve may not be u insulated lines exposed to weather. 2-1/2 Larger: Iron body, bronze mounted. Non-
st-. Wedge dbsc. 200 psi WOG, Flanged o
hub end as applicable. Stock ham Underground valves shall have square opetat in Provide one operating "T" handle far under
valves.
Aluminum bronze disc. O-ring seals. Res1 removable seat. 416 stainless steel shaft. t smaller valves shall have multt-position handle. 8' and larger valves shall have operator. Underground valves shall have s operating nut. Provide me operating "T9 t . for underground valves. Provide 2. extension at insulated pipes. Oeuco Series NE, Grfnnell.
(4) Check Valve: 2' and Smaller: All bronze check, regrinding. 200 psi WO6. Stockham E Check valves for air systems shall be the spriv
loaded, quick-closing type,
(5) Plug Valve: Ecctntrfc bronze or nickel p
bushings. Buna-N Olrtngs. 175 psf WOG. De fct4es 400. -Or- Milwaukee 'Butterballm v
Plug valves in gas piping systems must be Ut 1 for gas dtstributfon.
Zron IM marked for service. Christy F22 in traffic ureas; 65 in roadways.
1
rLc
-
(3) Butterfly Valve: Iron threaded lug
>
semi-steel plug, Semi-steel body. B
(6) Valve Box! Precast reinforced concrete.
b. Mfscell aneous Special ties:
(1) Temperature and Pressure Re1 ief Valve: - rated fully automattc, reseating combinb temperature and pressure re1 ief valve si zed
accordance with energy input. Sensing ele irmnersed within upper 6' of tank, Watts.
(2) Union: 2' and Smaller: AAR malleable f bronze to fron ground seaf. 300 psi. Size 2- and Larger: Grooved pipe, synthetn 3
15 . 4OQ-:
- 170 -
malleable iron housing. Victaulic Style 77, ?J "Em gasltet, Grinnell,
(3) Dielectric Coup1 inq: Insulating coup1 ing rat
(4) Shock Absorber: Multiple bellows, All stainle steel construction. Designed wd qpl led accordance with POI WH201. Amtrsl, hith, Wad> Zum,
- - for 250 psig. EPCO.
-
1
T
e- -
0. Condensate Orain Pipfng: Same as cold water piping.
E. Flue and Vent Connector Piping:
1, Gas Flue Pipinq: Double wall metal flue pipe. UL listc
2. Gas Vent Connector Pipinq: 20-gage galvanized steel.
3. Flue Cap: 26-gage galvanized steel. Gravity ventilato designed to properly ventilate flue regardless of win directfon. Metalbestos, Oura-Vent.
ds type "6". Metalbestos, Dura-Vent.
F, Miscellaneous Pfpfng Item:
1. Pipe Support:
a, Pipe Hanger: Steel "Jm hanger with side bott fo piping 4" and smaller; steel clevis hanger for piping 5 and larger. Load and Jam nuts. Size and maximum loa1 gcr manufacturer's recomnendation. Felt liner foi copper piping. Hanger and rod shall have galvanizec finish here exposed to weather, otherwise black finish, Kin-Lfne, Unistrut;
b. Is01 atf nq Shf cld: Galvanized steel shell! an( reinforcing ribs. 1/4" non-conducting hair felt pad, Pipe hanger in accordance with paragraph above. Increase hanger 'sf ze per manufacturer's tecamendatfon. Scmco, Supctstrut.
c. Construction Channel: 12-gage, 1-510' x 1-5/8' steel channel. Single of multiple section. Self-locking nuts and fittings. Kin-Line, Unistrut.
2, Flashinq: Vent flashing shall be 4 lb/ft2 lead, 16" sg. flange, length sufffcient to be turned down 2' into vent. Oatey. Flashing for piping through roof shall be prefabricated galvanized steel roof jacks with 16. sq. flange. Provide counter flashing and seal water tight with mastic.
1
L
2-02 PIP IN6 INSKAT'ION UATERIALS: >
Is. 400-4
-1
A, General: All piping inSuhtiOn materials shall have fi
smoke hazard ratings as tested under ASTn E-84 and a I exceeding a flame spread of 25 and woke developed of 50.
8. Prc-Molded fiberglass: Heavy density sectional pre.
iberglass with vapor barrier laminated all service jack &issure sealing vapor barrier lap. Themal conductivity not exceed 0.25 Btu-ln/hr-ftZ-F at a mean temperature o Perm rating 0.02, ASW €96. Puncture rating 50 Beach units 0181. Provide 3' (min.) wide tape of same material as 1 butt joints. for hot water piping, thickness shall be 1' fc site less than 2"; l-l/Z. thickness for pipe size 2" and 1 Certainteed, Johns-Manville, Owens-Corning.
C. Fiberglass Blanket: Unfaced. Thermal conductivity shal
exceed 0.25.8tu-in/hr-ftZ-F at a mean temperature of 50F. thickness. Johns-Manvil le, Owens-Corning.
0. PVC Jacket (for fittings and valves): Pre-molded pol chloride (PVC) jackets. Sire to match application. Provi vapor barrier, pressure sealing tape by same manufac Zeston.
E. Insulating Tape: Rubber based clastmrfc tape with 1
applied pressure sensitive adhesive. themal conductfvity
.'not exceed 0.27 Btu-in/hr-ftZ=F at a man temperature of 70 wide x 118' thfck, Provide protective finish suitable for c
use by same manufacturer. Armstrong Annaflex.
- 1
..
2-03 FIXTURES
A. General: :Provide rough-In for and install all plumbing fi shown on drawings. All trh not concealed shall be bras polished chrome plate ftnish unless noted otherwise. All en fixtures shall be acid reslsting. Standard color is white otheni sc noted.
6. Schedule: Refer to Plumbing FIxture Schedule on the dr for list of ffxtures. Wqwfscturer's auxlel numbers are lis
coaplete dcscrfptlon. .Equfvaleat models of Amctfcan Sta Crane, Hius or Kohl- arc acceptable. For drainage fix equivalent models of Josam, Smith, Wade or Zum are acceptabl
C. Stops and P-traps: All fixtures shall be provided with
and P-Traps as applfcable, Wall mounted faucets, valves, shall have integral stops or wall mounted stops.
1. Stops: All hot and cold water supplies shall be 1/Zn stops with stuffing box, strew driver lock shield, an1 flexible brass rlscr. Speedway.
2. P-Trr J: Brass, ground joint. 17-gagc. Clean-put &la thutar.
2-01 EQUIPHfMT: 3
15.10
- 172 -
A. General Requirements:
1, Capacity: Capacities shall be in accordance with schedul shown on drawings. Capacities are to be consildered minimum.
2. Dimensions: Equipment must conform to space requiremen
and limitations as indfcated on drawings and as required f operation and maintenance. Equipment will not be accept that does not readily conform to space condftions. Prepa and submit layout drawings for all proposed equipme (different than scheduled units) showing actual jc conditions, required clearances for proper operatior maintenance, etc.
3. Ratings:
a, - Gas: Gas burning equipment shall be furnished wil 100% safety gas shut-off, intermittent pilot ignitior and be approved by AGA,
b. Electrical: Electrical equipment shall be 1 accordance with NEMA standards and UL listed wher appl icablc standards have been establfshed,
Each item or assembly of items shall be frarnishe Sely piped for connection to services. Control valve and devices shall be provided. Equipment requiting domesti water for non-potable use shall be provided with backflo pteventer acceptable for intended use by local governin authorf ties .
..
4*
5. Electricat:
a. General: Each i&s or assembly of lltans shall b furnished completely wired to individual kenninal block for connection to single branch electrical circuit, AI electrical accessories and controls required b, equfpment shall be furnished. Provide terminal block! for controls Ad interlocks not included in equipmenl package. Manual and magnetic starters shall haw ambient compensatfng running overcutrent protection ir all ungrounded conductors. Magnetic starters shall be manual reset, and shall have H-0-A switches. Controllers and other devices shall be in NEMA 1 or 3F enclosures as applicable.
b. Witinq: Conductors, conduit, and wirfng shall be in accordance with Electrical Specifications. Individual items within assembly shall be separately protected with dead front, fused disconnect, fuse bkk, or circuft breaker for each ungrounded conductor, a10 accessible 011 operating side of qufpmcnt. Switches, contacts and other devices shall be In ungrounded conductors.- -- - --
15.400-6
- 173
c. Motors: Shall be rated, constructed and applied
accordance with NEMA and ANSI Standards wfthout US service factor. Single-phase rotor shall be of type
suit application, Three-phase ki3t~rs --:tiz+l-- bs o drip-proof, NEMA 8 design on punps and fans, NEHA C reciprocating equipment, sealed ball beari
three-phase induction. Design shall 1 imi t runn current to values shown on drawings. All motors horsepower and larger shall be the high efficiency t such as Century €-Plus.
d. Starters: Motor starters shall be furnished for
equipment except where starter is in a motor contl
center as designated on the electrical drawings. Deli1
starter to Electrical Contractor for instal 1 ation wiring.
e. Control Voltage: Equipment connected to greater tl
240 volts shall be provided with 120 volt conti circuit from integral protected transformer if separ source is not indicated on plans. 240 volt control acceptable if confined within control panel.
fnternal wiring diagrams and manufacturer' s recomnend
external wirfng.
8. Electric Orinkinq Fountain: Wall hung. Provide steel mount1 brackets. Stainless steel basin. Removable grid drain. Chrc plated brass bubbler with automatic flow regulator 2 self -c 1 os ing val ve. Non-ferrous evaporator, Hermetic compres s with automatic reset overload protection. Air cooled condense Adjustable themstat. Ut listed. ARI certified. Haws, Sunroc.
C. Water Heater: 6as fired. Glass lined tank with wagnesturn anc protection. 150 psi working pressure. Fulqy insulate Automatic temperature control. 100% safety shut-off. Hfgh lin control. Provide ASM rated temperature and pressure relief Val sized in accordance with energy input, dielectric couplings a drain cock. A6A approved. A.0, Snlth, American Applfance, Sta I ndustti es ,
0, Water Heater: Electric. 6lass lfned tank with magnesium ano
protection. 150 psf working pressure. Fully insulate Automatic temperature control. High limit control. Provide AS rated temperature and pressure relief valve sired fn accordan with energy input, dielectric couplings and drain cock. listed. A.O. Smith, American Appl lance, State Industries.
E. C+rculating Pump: In-line centrifugal. Aluminum housing. A parts exposed to fluid, stainless steel. Water lubrfcated cera shaft and bearings. Epoxy encapsulated windings. Grundfos. -01 Bronze body, brass iapcller. Mhanfcal seals. Bronze sleef bearings. -Integral- thermal overload protection. Bell a~ 6ossett, 1x0, Thrush,
- -)
f. Submittals: Included in shop drawings shall
> *
1
IS,400-7
~ .--. . . ...
-1
PART 3: EXECUTION:
3-% ?!PJ?S !NSTXUTION:
A. General:
1. Piping Layout: Piping shall be concealed in walls, ab01
the ceilings, or below grade unless otherwise noted. EXPOS( piping shall run parallel to roam surfaces; locatfsn to I approved by €r\q:neer, No structural member shall I weakened by cutting, notching, borfng or otherwise, unlet specifically allowed by structural drawings and/(
sp ec i f i c at i ons . Ghere such cutting is require( reinforcement shalT be provided as specified or detailet All piping shall be installed in a manner to ensul unrestricted flow, eliminate air pockets, prevent any unusua noise, and permit complete drainage of the system. AI piping shall be installed to permit expansion and contractia without strain on piping or equipment. Vertical lines shal be installed to allow for building settlement without damag to piping. Pipe sizes indicated on the dtadngs are nomina sl zes unless othewise noted,
2. Joints:
a. Threaded: Pfpe shall be cut square and reamed to ful size. Threads shall be in accordance with ANSI 82.1 Joint compound or tape suitable for conveyed fluid shal be applied to male thread only. Joints; shall be mad(
with three threads exposed.
b. Soldered: Pfpe shall be cut square and burrs removed, Outside surface of the pipe where engaged fn thc fitting, and insfde surface of the fitting in contacl with the pipe shall be cleaned with an abrasive materia; before solderfng. Solder joints shall be made wlth flu3 and wire fora or paste-type solder. The flux shall not be highly cotrcpive.
c. Welded or Brazed: Flller rod shall be of the same or suitable alloy as pipe, Brazing filler mtal shall have a minimum melting point of 800F. Welding or brazing shall be performed in accordance with requirements of recognized published standards of practice and by licensed or otherwise qual if fed mechanics. WeldeP shall be u person who specializes in welding of pipes and holds a valid certificate of competency from a
' recognized testing laboratory, based on the requirements of the ASM Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code, Section 9. I$. Open Ends: Open ends of piplng shall be capped during progress of work to preclude forefgn matter. >
15 . 400-8
e. Electrical Equipment: Joints shall be avoided, whc
possible, Over electrical equipment,
3, Fittlngs:
a. Standard Fittings: All joints and changes
1
direction shall be made with standard fittings. Clc nipples shall not be used.
b. Reducers: Pipe size reduction shall be made with be reducer fittings.
. c. Unfons: A union shall be installed on the leavi
side of each valve, at all sides of automatic valves, equipment connections, and elseuhete as necessary f assembly or disassembly of piping.
equipment connections, valves shall be full size upstream piping, except that gas valves within 18" the point of connection to the equipment may be the sa1 size as the equipment connection.
Bushings shall not be used.
d. Valves: All valves shall be full line size.
4, Pipe Support:
a, General: Hangers shall be placed to support pipir without strain on joints or fittfngs, Maximum spacir between supports shall be as specified below. Actui spacing requirements wi 11 depend on structural systa Vertical piping shall be supported with riser clamp a 20' on center (maximum), Support pipe within 12' of a1 -changes .in direction. Support individual pipes wit pipe hanger, All hot and cold water piping shall hav isolating shield; it0 portion of this piping shall touc the structure without an isolating shield except a anchor points for fixture rou h-in. Copp'er piping whic
stop or other outlet shall be secured with a drop ell Grime11 Ha. 9788, Nipple through surface shall bc threaded brass.
1
&
protrudes through a surface P or connection to a fixtur
>
rs.400-9
- -. - -- -- ~
- 176 -
(1) Pressure Pipe:
- Fipe Slzr (fwhes) Between Supports (ft, 3
1/2 6 314 6 1 7 1-1/4 7 1-1/2 9 2 10 2-1/2 10 3 12 4 14 6 14
Maxlmum Spacing+
c, 1
*Qased on straight lengths of pipe with coupli only, Provide additional supports for equipme valves or other fittings. Plastic piping shall supported per the manufacturer's recomendat i ons.
(2) Gravity Drain Pipe: Piping shall be supported . each length of pipe or fitting, but in no case greater spacing than indicated above for pressi
b. Tta ere: Trapeze hangers of construction channel l
*%IPS may be used. Submit design to Engineer i review.
P f Pee
b 5, Mi scel7 aneous: 1
a. Escutcheons: Provide chrome plated escutcheons whc piping penetrates watts, ceilings, or floors in finist areas;,
Sleeves: All piping passing through concre shal be provided with pipe sleeves. Allsw 1' clearan between sleeve and pipe or pIpe insulation.
e. Pfpcr Passing through Fire Rated Surfaces: Ptp passing through fire rated walls, floors, ceiling partitions, etc, shall have the annular spa surrounding the pipe or pipe insulation sealed with fi rated materials in accordance with the requirements
the fire author:ty having jurisdiction,
d, Oietectrlc Coop1 inqs: Dielectric coup? irtgs shall instal led wherever piping of dissimilar metals a joined, except that bronze valves may be installed ferrous piping without dielectric coup1 tngs,
Bo =T-----
8, - _- _- Sanitary Sewer Pipins: >
15.400-10
- 177
1. 6eneral: Where inverts are not indicated, sanitary se
piping shall be installed at 1/4" per foot pitch. Piping and larger may be installed at 1/8' per foot pttch whl structural or other lid tations prevent instal lation at greater pitch, Bell and spigot piping shall be instal wtth barrel on undisturbed soil; excavate hole for bell.
2. Cleanouts: Install cleanouts at ends of lines, at cham of direction greater than 45 degrees, and at not greater tl 100 foot intervals. Locate interfor cleanouts in accessil locations and bring flush to finished surface.
3. Vents: Vents shall terminate not less than 6' above I roof nor less than 12" from any vertical surface not witt 10' of any outside air intake. Install horizontal vent lir at 1/4' per foot pitch. Offset vents 2' minimum fr gutters, parapets, ridges and roof flashing.
.)
C. Storm Drain (Including Rain Water Leader, RWL): Similar Sanitary Sewer. Piping with less than 24" of cover shall be ca iron.
0. Uater PI in Cannectlons to branches and risers shall be ma -1". Supply header in fixture battery shall be fu site to last fixture, reducing in size only on Individu .connections to each fixture in battery. Minimum ptpe size sha be 3/4., unless otherwise noted. Provide shutoff valve for ea building, and at each connectlon to equipment. Shock absorbe shall be installed in a vertical position as indicated drawings.
E. Gas Piping: Shall be pitched to drain to dirt legs at 1 points. No unions shall be installed except at connections equipment. Provide shutoff and dirt leg at each equipme connection ,
receptacle, lf4. per foot where possible, otherwise 1/8' per foc minimum. Provide TEE yith clean-out plug at all changes 4 dlreetion. Provide trap at each air handling unit to prevent a leakage.
F. Condensate Drain Pipinq: Install with constant pitch
3-02 PIPING INSULATION INSTAUATION:
A, Oornestic Hot Water:
1, General: All domestic hot water piping, fittings zv accessories, except for the last 12' on a fixture runot shall be insulated. All circulating piping shall t i nsu 1 ated .
Apply prc-molded fiberglass sections ta pipe usin
' *, Fral pressure sealing lap adhesive in accordance wit manu acturcr's recamnendations, Stagger longitudinal joints -)
15.400-11
..
-I"
Seal butt joints with factory suppl ied pressure seal fng
t ape,
3. Fittings and Valves:
a, Yrap all fittings and valves with pre-cut fiberglass blanket to thickness matching ad joining insulation. Cover blanket with PYC jacket in accordance with manufacturer's recomnendatfons. Seal a1 1 joints with factory supplied pressure sealing vapor barrier tape with l-l/2m (min.) overlap on both sides of joint. Insulate valves to stem. Do not insulate unions,
flanges or valves unless water temperature exceeds 140F or the piping is exposed to weather.
b. For miscellaneous fittings and accessories for which PVC
jackets are not available or where proximity of fittings precludes a neat-appearing installation, the Contractor
may cover the fiberglass blanket with stretchable glass
fabric and at least two coats of vapor barrier coating. All exposed ends of insulation shall be adequately
sealed .
8, Cold Water Piping-Freeze Protection: All cold water piing exposed to weather shall be wrapped with insulating tape, 50% &erlzrp, Cover valves to stem. Apply at least two coats of protective f-ini sh.
-)
3-03 FIXTURE INSTALLATION:
A. Fixture Height: Shall be as indicated on Architectural
drawings. r
8. Floor Drafns or Floor Sinks: Shall be placed parallel to roaa
surfaces, set level and adjusted to proper height to drain. Cover openings during construction to keep all foreigni matter out of drain line.
C, Uall Hung Fixtures: Shall be provided with proper backing and hanger- plates secured to, rall. fixtures mounted on carriers shall
bear against stop nuts, clear of wall surface, Caulk fixtures against walls with white 6.E. Silicone sealant. Caulking shall be smooth and flush with fixture surface (not concave),
0. Floor Mounted Fixtures: Shall be provided with proper support
plates.
E. Other Connections: Rough-in and connection for trim or fixtures
supplied by others shall be included in this specification
sZttton.
>
Grout at the floor with waterproof ceramic ti le grout..
3-04 EQUIPMENT I NSTALLATI ON :
A. 6eneral: It shall be the responsibility of the co-khr 77 to insure that no work done under other specification >
15.40O-lZ
- 179
sections shall in any way block, or otherwise hfndep equipment. All equipment shall bt securely anchored fn place,
8. Connections to Equipment: Where sire changes are required connections to equipment, they shall be made imnediately adja to the equipment and, if possible, inside the equipment cabinet
3-05 TESTS AN0 ADJUSTMENTS:
A. General: Unless otherwise directed, tests shall be witnesse
+he mq;neC. Work to be concealed shall be enclosed until prescribed tests are made. Should any worl enclosed before such tests, the Contractor shall, at his expel uncover, test and repair all work to original conditions. L,
and defects shown by tests shall be repaired and entire I retested. Tests may be made in sections, however, all connect between sections previously tested and new section shall included in the neu test.
B. Gravity Systems:
1. Sanitary Sewer: All ends of the sanitary sewer syc shall be capped and lines fllled with water to the top of highest vent, 10' above grade Isinimua. This test shall made before any fixtures are installed. Test shall maintained until all joints have been inspected, but no 1 than 2 hours.
2, Condensate Drain: Similar to Sanitary Sewer.
L
0 3. Storm Drain: Similar to Sanitary Sewer.
C. Pressure Systems:
1. General: There shall be no drop in pressyre during t except that due to anbfent temperature ' changes. components of system not rated for test pressure shall isolated from system before test fs made.
water pressure for 4 hours.
Gas Piplng: Maintain 100 psDg air pressure for 4 hours.
2. Domestk Hot and' told Mate? Piping: Maintain 100 p'
3.
3-06 DISINFECTION:
A. Disinfect all domestic hot and cold water piping systems accordance with AUWA Standard C601, "AWUA Standard * Disinfecting Water Mains.. Oisinfection process shall performed in cooperation with health deoartment hav' jurisdiction and witnessed by +he e0 ;beer. During procedure signs shall be porta at each water out1 stating, mChlorination - Do Mot Drink.. After disinfection, wat sampler shall be collected by health department f bacteriological analysts. Certtf kate of Bacteriological Puri
15 . 400-13
-
- 180 -
shall be obtained fran health department and delivered to t) Owner
1 **+
-
IS. 400- 14
- 181
SECTION 16.01 - ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
Scope of Work:
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation and service required to install complete and put in operation the work of this section as shown on the drawings and in accordance with these specifications.
The work of this section shall include, but not be limited to, the following principal items:
Detail arrangements with Electric Utility Company, and Telephone Company, and verification of exact locations for points of connection to service; facilities not furnished by utilities, and service charges levied by them to make service available to the project.
Temporary service.
Excavation and backfill as required for this section.
Primary service conduit system.
Transformer pad.
Manholes and handholes.
Complete 480Y/277 volts, 3-phase, 4-wire system for power and lighting; and 208Y/120 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire system for receptacles, incandescent Lighting and small power requirements.
Service entrance equipment, distribution panelboards, and branch circuit panelboards.
Control centers, motor starters, control devices, relays, line voltage wiring, control wiring, conduit, disconnect switches, and connections for all mechanical equipment and control devices.
Wiring devices.
Conduit and conductors.
Sports lighting poles, pole bases, excavation for pole bases, lighting fixtures and mounting brackets, and lamps.
Dry type transformers.
Lighting Eixtiires and 1.amps.
0
Pdqe 1 16.01 - El(?t:~t-ic~~l
- 182 -
Tclcpiionc conduit system.
Grounding.
Tests.
Guarantee.
Work Not Included in this Section:
Motors included with mechanical equipment under other Divisions of this specification.
Starters, controls and control wiring specifically furnished under other Divisions of the Specification.
Owner furnished equipment.
Ordinances and Requlations:
All work under this Division shall comply with the most rigid requirements of the latest editions of the National Electrical Code, the California Administration Code - Title
24 - State Building Standard - Part 3 - Basic Electrical Regulations and all local codes.
In any instance where the Contractor shall violate any ordinances or rule, he shall immediately correct the installation, and shall be responsible for any damage and expense arising therefrom.
Nothing in these specifications shall relieve the Contractor from full compliance with the applicable portions of any of the above regulations having jurisdiction pertaining to work being stalled under this section.
Standards :
Construction and testing of equipment shall comply with the latest applicable Standards of the following:
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) Underwriters' Laboratories Incorporated (Ut) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Illuminating Engineer Society (IES) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA)
Wherever Standards are referred to in this specification the latest edition in effect during the bidding shall govern.
All work shall conform to NECA "Standards of installation" as a minimum.
Page 2
16.01 - Electrical
- 18
Examination of Drawings and Site:
Each bidder shall carefully study all drawings specifications pertaining to the work. If any of the wor laid out, indicated or specified, is contrary to, conflicts with any local, city, state, or national ordina or regulations, the same shall be reported to the 0 before submitting his bid, who will then issue instruct
as to procedure. Each bidder shall carefully examine building site, and compare the drawings with the exis
conditions. By the act of submitting a bid, each bil shall be deemed to have made allowances therefore preparing his bid.
Verification of Dimensions:
Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor s carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc., shall assume full responsibility for the fitting-in of equipment and materials to other parts of the equipment
to the structure. Where apparatus and equipment have indicated on the drawings, dimensions have been taken typical equipment of the indicated type. The Contra shall carefully check the drawings to see that the equip he contemplates installing will fit into the spaces provid
Locations:
The location of all conduit, wiring, apparatus and equip indicated on the drawings are approximate only, and shal adjusted to meet the Architectural and Structural condit
required, and as approved by the €-=,\neet. Prior rough-in, minor adjustments to outlet locations may be without additional compensation. Field verify all roug dimensions prior to conduit installation.
All conduit, wiring, apparatus and equipment shall installed in a manner and in locations avoiding obstructions, preserving headroom and keeping openings
passageways clear. Changes shall be made in location! conduit, wiring, equipment, and materials which may necessary in order to accomplish this. The drawings essentially diagrammatic to the extent many offsets, bel special fittings and exact locations are not indica Carefully study the drawings and premises in order determine the best methods p exact locations, routi
Page 3
16.01 - Electrical
- 184 -
building obstructions, etc., and install all apparatus and equipment in the available locations.
Record Drawinqs:
The Contractor shall keep at the job site an accurate dimensioned record of the "As-Built" locations of all buried conduits and ducts. At the completion of the project such ftAs-Built" drawings shall be transmitted to the Engineer.
submittal Data:
shop drawings, material lists, and plates and brochures, as required by the specifications shall be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for review in accordance with the requirements of Division 1. No work indicated on any shop drawings shall be started until such drawings have been reviewed and approved.
Submit complete brochures giving names of manufacturers and catalog numbers, trade names, the technical data and requested information for each item to be furnislhed. Submit shop drawings and detail description of items that are not manufactured and must be specifically fabricated, including wiring diagrams .-
Submittals are required on every item to be furnisihed.
Submittals shall be bound in sets, between covers, and each set shall be identical.
Each item in submiftals shall be identified as to fixture type, panel identification, specification section, etc.
The Contractor shall review all shop drawings, prior to
submittal, for compliance with the Specification. Shop drawings being submitted shall be properly stamped and signed
by the Contractor indicating his prior review and certification of compliance with the Specification.
Descriptive Names:
Where the name of a selected manufacturer of equipment, fixtures, or material is specified, the proposal of the contractor shall be based on the use of the named product, or equivalent product of manufacturers listed.
Materials and Workmanship:
All material, appliances, and equipment shall be new and of the grade of the respective kind, free from all defects
and of the make, brand and quality specified.
Materials for similar use shall be of the same type and manufacture.
best
Page 4
16.011 - Electrical
- 185 -
The current or newest production model of equipment a determined by the manufacturer's most recent publishe literature shall be furnished even though an obsolete mode may be specified and stocked.
Each major component of equipment shall have th manufacturer's name, address and catalog number on a plat securely affixed in a conspicuous place.
No items of material shall be installed for any purpose, o in any manner not recommended by the manufacturer.
Openings, Cutting and Patching:
The Contractor shall cooperate with all trades in providin information for openings required in the building fo construction of his work.
The Contractor shall, at a time in advance of the work verify the openings as shown on the Architectural an
structural drawings. If the work of this Division require such, he shall furnish new instructions as to hi requirements for these openings, subject to approval by th Architect .
Drilling, cutting and patching required by the Contractor' work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Excavation and Backfill:
The Contractor shall do all excavation and backfill require to install his work, both inside and outside. All excavatio and backfill shall be in accordance with the earthwor sections of the specification. Excavation shall be of prope depth and width to instalf the required conduits, ducts o structures.
Building Footing Clearances:
Under no circumstances shall conduit or ducts be run throug footings. They shall cross below footings, or throug sleeves above footings. Those running parallel to footing shall be installed with minimum clearances required by th governing codes.
Cleaning:
All exterior surfaces of exposed equipment and material shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, cement, plaster, dr other debris.
All finished surfaces of equipment furnished under thi section found to be damaged shall be refinished witha additional cost to the satisfaction of the Owner.
Page 5
16.01 - Electrical
- 186 -
Protection of Finish:
irk Contractor sIla11 provide inca7ti.c: for arid shall fully ptocccc alL fillistled parts of tlic inatcrials aiid cqiiiplrlcnt
against damage from whatever cause during the progress of
work, arid until final coinple tiori. All materials and cquipincnt in storage, and duririy constructiorl shall be covered in such a manner that no finished surface will be damaged or marred, and all moving parts shall be kept clean and dry.
Clean-up:
All work areas shall be policed daily. Upon completion of work and at other times during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from the work, and shall leave the entire involved portions of site, insofar as the wark of this section is concerned, in a neat, clean, and acceptable condition as approved by the Owner.
Guarantee:
Should any trouble develop within one year from date of acceptance of the building, due to faulty or inferior material or workmanship, the trouble shall be corrected by the Contractor without expense to the Owner.
Building Service:
The Contractor shall provide for the utilities connections as shown on the drawings,=and required by the serving utilities.
The Contractor shall contact the utility companies and arrange for the new service, and verify all service requirements. All charges made by the utility companies for the installation of the services shall be paid for by the Contractor.
MATERIALS -- - __
Panelboards - General:
Furnish and install panelboards as indicated on the
drawings. Panelboards shall be surface or flush mounted as indicated, and of the voltage rating indicated on the drawings OK in the panel schedules.
Panelboards shall be dead-front, safety type equipped with thermal magnetic, molded case circuit breakers of interrupting capacity, trip ratings and of the number of poles indicated.
as a complete unit, shall have a rating equal to,
or greater than, the integrated equipment rating as shown on the drawings.
-Panelboards
Page 6
16.01 - Electrical
- 187
Panelboards shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The rtqidity arid yauge of steel shall be as specified it1 UL Standard 50 for cabinets. The size of wiring gutters shall
be .in accordance with UL Standard 67. Cabinets equipped with doors shall have spring latch and tumbler lock 011 door of trim. Doors over 48" long shall be equipped with three point latch and vault lock, All locks on project shall be keyed the same. Fronts shall be code gauge steel. Steel shall be full-finished with rust-inhibiting primer and baked enamel f inisti.
Panelboards bus structures, copper main lugs and main breaker, if specified, shall have current ratings as specified on the drawings, or on the schedules. Ratinqs shall be as determined by heat rise in accordance with UL Standard 67, and not in accordance with bus dimensions. Bus connections shall be sequential.
The panelboard interior assembly shall be dead front with the
panelboard fron removed. It shall be possible to change branch circuit load connections without personnel exposure to any line side bussing or line terminals. Main lugs or main circuit breaker and the end of the bus structure shall be completely barriered.
Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced and protected connectors. The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be flush with each other.
Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker
handle taking a position between ON and OFF. Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers. Circuit
breakers shall be thermal magnetic type with inverse time-current characteristics. Multiple pole circuit breakers shall be common trip with a single operating handle. Handle ties will not be approved.
Neutral busses shall be at opposite end of panel from main.
Panelboards indicated shall be furnished with equipment ground bus.
All panelboards shall be Westinghouse, General Electric, ITE or Square D.
--
Panelboards - Lightinq and Receptacle:
General requirements for lighting and receptacle Panelboards shall be as specified above, under ttPanelboards - General".
The panelboard door trim shall be furnished witk semi-concealed hinges, and lock. All panels shall be keYec alike
A 1/32 inch clear lucite covered directory shall be providec on the inside of each panelboard door. The directory shall be neatly typewritten designating each circuit used.
Page 7
16.01 - Electrical
- 188 -
All circuit breakers serving discharge lighting shall be furnished with a lockoff device.
Permanent type numbers shall be furnished and installed adjacent to the circuit breakers. Numbers shall. be either metal or plastic. Stick-on types or tapes will not be
permitted.
Engraved laminated bakelite nameplates shall be furnished identifying the panelboard designation, voltage and source. Provide nameplate schedule for approval.
Ligl-.tir,q Control Panel:
The control center shall be totally metal enclosed,
contactors shall be mechanically held type.
Control panel shall be fitted with a single door, with
three point latch and vault lock, to expose all control elements, terminals and control wiring.
Auxiliary control devices, such as selector switches, pushbuttons, pilot lights, panel mounted in the door shall be identified as to function with laminated plastic nameplates. Submit schedule for approval.
Control relays shall be mounged in the enclosures on steel mounting panels. If two mounting panels are required,
mounting panels shall be provided with off-set hinges to swing out for service. Swinging mounting panells shall be
furnished with latching device to hold them in proper position when in their normal operational position. Control relays shall be identified as to function.
Terminal blocks shall be furnished for all necessary internal control wiring, for each conductor leaving the enclosure, and for ten (10) percent spare, but not less than 6 spare. Terminal blocks shall be flat terminal type to accept: two insulated ring type, insulated crimp connectors per screw terminal. Each terminal shall be identified with wire number corresponding to the control wiring diagram. Each conductor shall be identified at every terminus.
Lighting
a
d
Page 8 16.01 - Electrical
- 189 -
Control wfririg sllall be f larrieproof switchboard type. Control wiring shall be ncatly cabled betwecri components, witk
cabling ties, or may be placed in wiring ducts. Conductors
to swiuuirq panels, or to control section door, shall be t-xtra flcxiblc typc with ainplc slack to allow full swing of panels.
Motor Starters:
Magnetic motor starters not a part of motor control cente assemblies, shall be of the rating and style indicated on th drawings and required for the environment in which it will b mounted. Overloads shall be furnished in each line. Provid pushbuttons, indicating lights, interlocks, etc., a required.
Manual motor starters shall have overloads in each line.
Starters shall be Westinghouse, General Electric, ITE o Square D.
Time Swi tclies :
Time switches shall be Tork model #WlOOL, 7 day programmabl with reserve power feature, or equal intermatic or paragon.
Wirinq Devices arid Plates:
Wiring devices shall be Hubbell, Sierra, Leviton or Arrc equal to device listed, ivory color.
Duplex receptacle, Hubbeli 5262 Weatherproof receptacle, Leviton 6196 Switch, Hubbell 1221 series Special receptacles shall be as indicated on t drawings.
Plates shall be brush stainless steel. Plates on gang box shall be gang plates.
Plates shall be engraved under the following conditio indicating load served and switch function:
Momentary contact switches Equipment control
-. Switches with pilot lights Switches from which circuit or equipment served canx be readily seen from the switch location.
Page 9 16.01 - Electrical
- 190 -
Conduit and Fittings:
Rigid steel conduit, fittings and accessories shall bl
hot-dipped galvanized or sherardized, with threadec connections.
Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT), couplings, and connection! shall be hot-dipped galvanized or sherardized. Couplings am connections shall be of the water-tight compression type.
Flexible conduit shall be galvanized steel, and shall bc installed with compression-type connectors.
Liquid tight flexible conduit shall be galvanized steel wit1 molded UL approved covering, and shall be installed wit1 liquid tight fittings.
Plastic conduit shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) schedulc
40. Fittings shall be solvent welded type.
Outlet Boxes and Covers:
Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sherardized, one piece pressed steel.
The size of each box for lighting, outlets and junction boxe: shall be determined by the number of conductors or conduits, or size of conduits entering the box, but shall not be les: than 4" square, and 1 1/2" deep.
. Outlet boxes shall be equipped with plaster rings, extensior rings, or fixture studs as may be required.
Boxes for multiple devices shall be gang boxes.
Boxes in concrete shall be of the type which wfll allow the placing of conduit without displacing reinforcing bars.
Boxes in brick or tile shall be straight side tile boxes.
Boxes exposed to rain or other moisture shall be Crouse-Hinds type FS or FD condulet boxes with appropriate covers and gaskets.
Approved knockout seals shall be used in all boxes where knockouts are not intact.
Manufacturer shall be Steel City, Bowers, Appletori.
600 Volt Wire and Cable:
Wire and cable shall be delivered to the site in original unbroken packages marked and tagged with UL labels; size, kind and insulation of wire; month and year of manufacture, not to exceed eight months prior to date of delivery.
Page 10 16.01 - Electrical
- 19
Conductors shall be continuously marked for AWG size anc
type
Conductors shall be copper, 600 volt insulated type THW 01
Color code for power and lighting systems shall be a:
follows:
208Y/120 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire systems. Phase A-Black, Phase 8-Red, Phase C-Blue, Neutral-White, Ground-Green.
480Y/277 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire systems. Phase A-Brown,
Phase B-Orange, Phase C-Yellow, Neutral-White, Ground-Green.
Dry Type Transformers:
THWN .
Dry type transformers shall be two winding type, air cooled of the voltage rating and capacity indicated on the drawings.
Transformers shall be ventilated steel enclosed with conduii
knockouts. Oxygen free copper or aluminum windings shal. have Class H insulation.
Transformer primaries shall have 2, 1 1/2 percent FCAN and 4 2 1/2 percent FCBN taps.
Transformer noise level shall be NEMA standard for genera
purpose transformers. Rubber vibration dampers shall bc installed between core and coil assembly and mountinc bracket.
Transformers shall have load lugs for full capacity paralle wiring in a compartment suitable for termination wit specified conductors.
Transformer nameplates shall carry all electrical data including taps * voltage combination, tap termina arrangement, KVA and impedance.
Transformer submittal shall include nameplate information, d level, no load - 25% - 50% - 75% - full load losses, height width, depth, and weight.
Manufacturer shall be Westinghouse, GE or Sylvania.
*
Enclosed Safety Switches:
All safety switches, unless otherwise specified or otherwis shown on the drawings, shall be 480 volt class with thre poles unless otherwise indicated. All switches shall be o the visible blade type, heavy duty class horsepower rated Switch handles shall be capable of being locked in the ope or closed position.
Page 11
16.01 - Electrical
- 192 -
Safety switches for disconnecting use only shall be of the
non-fusible type. Switch size shall be as required by Code unless shown to be larger. Switches shall be suitable for the environment in which they are mounted.
Fuses shall be dual-element and current li?.iting (sizes and type as shown) as manufactured by "Bussman". Provide 10% but not less than three spare fuses for each size and type shown.
Manufacturer shall be Square D, Westinghouse, GE.
Lighting Fixtures and Lamps:
The Contractor shall furnish and install lighting fixtures indicated in the FIXTURE SCHEDULE on the drawings complete with all necessary hardware required and lamps indicated.
Lamps shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse or Sylvania.
All fluorescent ballasts shall be energy saving protected
type
Telephone System:
The Contractor shall furnish and install an empty conduit system for telephones as indicated on the drawings.
Telephone backboards shall be 3/4" plywood.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Conduits run exposed and subject to mechanical injury shall be! rigid heavywall galvanized steel. -
Conduits run exposed outside or in floor slabs shall be rigid heavywall galvanized or sherardized steel.
Conduits run below floor slab, and underground exterior to the building shall be schedule 40 heavywall high impact, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) electrical conduit. All joints shall be made with
factory approved welding solvent. A ground wire shall be installed in all PVC conduits along with circuitry wiring, or with the duct bank in accordance with the requirements of the drawings.
Conduit for lighting circuits and 120 volt outlet circuits shall be EMT in areas above suspended ceilings, in wall, and other areas where not subject to mechanical injury.
Conduit for lighting circuits and 120 volt outlets shall be flexible metal conduit in stud walls and ceilings.
All panelboard and transformer feeders, and motor circuits, shall be rigid heavwall steel conduit where installed above grade.
Page 12
16.01 - Electrical
- 193
Flexible conduit shall be installed to all rotating or vibrating equipment. Sealtite conduit shall be used for all exterior equipment. Flexible conduit for motor connections shall be restricted to a maximum length of 36". A ground wire shall be installed in all flexible conduit,
Exposed conduits one inch and smaller shall be secured to the building construction with T & A or equal one-hole straps spaced as required by Code.
All concealed or exposed conduit larger than one inch shall be secured in place with T & B or equal, pipe straps, suspended pipe hangers, or grouped on racks.
Rods or pipe supports shall be screwed to wood construction with wood screws or lag screws, and to concrete with concrete inserts.
Exposed conduit shall be uniform and symmetrical, rigidly and securely fastened to the building structure. Perforated pipe straps may not be used.
Conduits shall not be supported from ducts, pipes of other trades or from suspended ceiling members, unless specifically approved
by the Enq\r\cer:
Conduit shall not be run closer than 6" to any hot water pipe, steam pipe, heater flue, or vent.
Factory ells shall be of the same make, quality, and finish as the conduit used, or ells may be formed from conduit usinc approved factory benders. All conduit ells used undergrounc shall have a minimum radius to ten times the conduit size where rising into equipment, or vertical runs, and shall be rigic heavywall steel.
Changes of direction in underground or underfloor conduit run, shall be made with long radius sweeps.
Connectors and couplings for EMT shall be of the compression Q drive on type. Set screw or indenter type will not be allowed.
No running threads or split couplings will be permitted.
Conduit terminations at outlets, boxes and cabinets shall k provided with locknuts and bushings. Ends of conduit 1 1/4
trade size and larger, and conduits containing No. 4 AWG si2 cables and larger shall be equipped with insulated bushings Feeder conduit bushings shall be grounding type.
All condulet bodies installed in any location where the presenc of moisture is apparent, shall be equipped with rubber gaskets.
The Contractor shall furnish and install fittings, specil devices and material which may be required for the prop( installation of the conduit system.
Page 13 16.01 - Electrical
T - 194 -
Conduits shall be thoroughly swabbed out. The Contrac:tor shall leave all conduits dry and clean of obstructions. Conduits stubbed up during the course of construction shall be capped with a fitting approved for the purpose.
Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path.
Conduits stubbed through concrete floors shall have a conduit coupling finished to the floor line. Empty conduits shall be plugged with a conduit plug at the floor line.
Install a 1/8" nylon line, end to end in each spare or empty conduit, with a tag at each end designating opposite terminus of the conduit, and planned use or designation of conduit.
Wire and Cable:
Unless otherwise noted on the drawings all wire and cable shall be installed in conduits.
All lighting, power and control circuits shall be identified
at each terminus and in each junction or pull box. Lighting and power circuit shall be identified as to panel and circuit. Wire markers shall be Brady, or equal.
Fixtures:
Fixtures shall be properly and securely installed, level,
plumb, and in line, on outlets, and connected to the wiring
ready for operation. Each fixture shall be completely and properly assembled, with screws and nuts tight, and parts, wire, screws, nuts washers, locknuts, bushings, etc., shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor ta make the fixtures and the installation complete, safe and substantial. Parts including paint and finish, shall be clean and undamaged, and the entire installation shall be first class materials and workmanship, satisfactary to the
Sports lighting fixtures shall be securely installed on mounting brackets in the configuration shown, on the drawings. Each fixture shall be completely and, properly assembled, with lamps, and aimed in accordance with the approved aiming plan. All poles shall be plumbed, vertical and properly mounted on reinforced concrete bases.
Fixtures, surface type, weighing not more than 25 pounds, may be supported by the outlet box. Fixturos that WCL~JII motc than 25 pounds shall be supported independently o€ thc mit1c.c box. All fixture supports shall have a safety factor of 4.
€ n q\ RCU.
Page 14
16.01 - E'lectrical
- 19
Mounting Heights:
Unless specified elsewhere cr shown, the following rnounti heights shall apply:
Panelboards Over 29" high circuit breaker
Less than 29'' high 5'6"
Disconnect switches 4'6" to center line
Receptacles (finished 12" finished floor to center areas) (convenience) line, mounted horizontal
Receptacles (work areas) 48'' to center line
Switches (wall) 4'4" to center line
6'6" to handle of highest
Grounding:
Service ground shall be in accordance with the requiremer
of the drawings. Braze or cadweld 1" minimum diamet copperweld rod to the conductor in the footing. Extend t 1" rod in such a manner so as to make it permanent available for connecting to the ground conductor. Resistar shall not exceed 5 ohms.
Ground conductor shall be THW insulated stranded cops conductor. Connect to the 1" rod, extend up the building a connect to the ground bus in each service. Ground conduct shall be used for transformer grounding.
Interior cold water piping system shall be bonded to t service grounding system.
Service neutrals and equipment shall be grounded by a grou conductor.
All equipment, including switchboard, conduit system, mot and other applicable apparatus, shall be grounded by conduit or conductor.
Equipment grounding conductors installed in conduit shall in accordance with the following schedule.
Circuit Breaker/Fuse Ground Conductor OA to 2OA # 12 copper
21A to 60A # 10 copper
61A to lOOA tt 8 copper
lOlA to 200A # 6 copper
201A to 400A # 3 copper
-
Page 15
16.01 - Electrical
- 196 -
PART 4 - QUALITY ASSURANCE
As-Built Drawings:
Maintain good order in the field office a complete set of electrical drawings. All changes to the contract shall be clearly recorded on this set of drawings.
Maintain a completely dimensioned record of all buried
conduits exterior to buildings. Dimensions shall include depth from finish grade or datum, and dimensions to two fixed points above grade from all changes in direction to define the routing of all buried conduits.
At the end of the project, the Contractor shall turn those
drawings over to the Engineer. Each drawing shall be initialed by the Contractor certifying the correctness of the
"As - Bui 1 t '' drawing .
in
Tests:
Upon completion of the work and adjustment of all equipment, all systems shall be functionally demonstrated to the Owner's Representative or the Engineer. All systems shall function electrically in tbc manner required.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary instruments and equipment required for making tests, and shall test all wiring for shorts, open circuits, grounds, etc.
The Contractor shall furnish a meter, calibrated within the past three months, for verifying foot candle levels at ground level for all sports facilities.- Readings shall be verified in the presence of the Engineer beginning one hour after dark.
Paqe 1 6
16.01 - Elcr:tr*ic~l
I
CITY OF CA
calavera hills community pa
details
architcbctufa, landscape arc iecrrbation and snvlronnmtal plannbg
2600 -St nutwibod avwut, ruito 210, MWttjrt, Wibmh 82W1 (714) 87-13
DETAIL INDEX FOR CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK
BALLFIELD B-1 INFIELD LAYOUT B-2 DUGOUT AND BACKSTOP LAYOUT B-3 BALLFIELD CLF SCHEDULE B-4 BACKSTOP ELEVATION B-5 DUGOUT SECTION B-6 WOOD BACKBOARD ELEVATION B-7 WOOD BACKBOARD PLAN
B-8 B-9 BAT RACK ELEVATION B-10 BAT RACK SECTION
B-11 B-12
WOOD BACKBOARD AND POLE ELEVATION
BACKSTOP POST AND REBAR CONNECTION MOW STRIP AT CHAIN LINK FENCE
IRRIGATION 1-1 ROTOR POP-UP I-2A HIGH POP ROTOR I-2B ROTOR HEAD (SHRUB)
1-4 R.P. BACKFLOW PREVENTER 1-5 BOOSTER PUMP 1-6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE 1-7 QUICK COUPLER VALVE 1-8 PRE-ASSEMBLED CONTROLLER/ENCLOSURE 1-9 BALL VALVE 1-10 MOISTURE SENSOR WIRING 1-11 TRENCHING
1-3 POP-UP SPRAY
LANDSCAPE PLANTING L-1 GROUNDCOVER SPACING L-2 SHRUB PLANTING L-3 TREE PLANTING ON SLOPE
L-4 L-5 TREE PLANTING - DOUBLE STAKING TREE PLANTING IN WELL W/ GRATE
PLUMBING P-1 C.O.P.G. DETAIL
SITE DETAILS s-1 s-2 EXPANSION JOINT s-3 P.V.C. CRACK CONTROL JOINT s-4 CONCRETE CURB s-5 CONCRETE CURB AT WALK S-6 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER s-7
S-8 s-9 PLAY AREA SUMP
s-10 LOOP BIKE RACK s-11
s-12 CHAIN LINK FENCE
S-13 A.C. PAVING S-14 PARKING STALL LAYOUT S-15 HANDICAP STALL LAYOUT S-16 HANDICAP RAMP/SIGN
S-17 A.C. DIKE
S-18 CONCRETE WHEEL STOP
s-19 CONCRETE MOW STRIP
s-20 LIGHT POLE MOUNTING SLAB s-21 BROW DITCH AT C.L.F.
CONCRETE SLAB OR WALK ON SAND BASE
PLAY AREA CURB AT WALK PLAY AREA CURB AT TURF
BROW DITCH AT CHAIN LINK FENCE
c1
.- w-
--&&A- -w* .LC YI-
-*
(
a
3 n a> c 0 Cn
-
+ -
cj
B
Q)
YI a a
- .- - E v)
A ~
I
I
.(
m -
t (d
Q
U
0 a Y 0 (d n
T3 0 0
-
5
I
E
E
I 3 F g .- #
II) E B 1
8
% o!
G
[
c 0
(d
al
Y 0 (d
CCI n
.I CI
- z
L. +
i
0 E u) L
I
I
( -
I cj a t c 0 0
a a)
4
tn 0 e
Q 0
tn & 0 cd
2
L.
c,
-
i
4
I
k iP
- J ‘W .Z
re
J
----
- ,
i La
(
I
1
I
1
II
I
I
p. w
0 1 i cy
L
k
'DOIU a- wc-+z
4 g.i s CL
a= miz za UI
5 0 x a2 0=0 c90:
ZZSK Lfl v)
4 zllxa 'Par I- 3a om
2
A
4
0
.I
a. m 2 azm
( I
m
Q) >
I g
5 m P 3 0 0 -x 0
3 #ID
U
a I c1 c cI1
r 0
oau
(3 z 0 A
A cv E
v)
2 - oa;
w=zE E W LO
n 02 >
J I-
I
(
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a 2
0-a -cw
>c cul
n=sd
m
T? 2”
I r
I I
r I
4
I
coli- ZEO t Goa) eorrb VINMOJIW~ oi~i~su3nve AVMHWH ~~V'OY~OAS sovs N9SXJ MOlM31NI 9NINNV 7d mIU33NION3 3Un13311H3LJV w,
$j m m
S~~I~OSSV ~3~~vd.~aa3 V~LWI~H~IIV axvmzm h
c 4
W: 0
4 \ t f Q
j,! E
d 1
\j
d
\j
t'3-: R
8
Iy -- - GI8
-
b
(
m m
+ c =c .-
c C
U S a I >
0-
a - E U
A [
Ll 1-
111 i f, -I25 $&t3 egg 1 f 44 df= J
Gilx I J;&; -a jg pJ Jig$ g@:$ aa 3!kghJ @a Ll4qyQ
EPFkpg
$@!j $8
SkL3 .. 5 2, q$g g,
&Pk r -2
A$ 3 g3ih -a ga$3 L8&g2
-1 dl trd3 -
\>I i
. r-, I
-933- -
k
dl- x= 2 -al r-cz &&j 3 -id
+2?fl ulk ;p #y d $3
I
(
I -
+ I
C 0-
a-
QI
9 C L
c C c
c1 t
4 c
c > e
L'kbl- UJgti, C5iG 5&3$ dddL
L
0 E w
E
z 8 3-
i
a
3 0
a
a
c .c c
e
4- z
E v: L
I- -
I ..*
v
q l a I 1 ( I (
( 1
4 I
I i
i 1
1 ( G I
8
e &q v)
I
. i% 4-
J=3
3
a
d)
a * a
L 4
- x $i Q g: ~ 0
E
v)
L 4 $
b $2
@$!/
QJ if$
coz
dp 2 @$ (
* - -
+
6j
4
5 c, 5
I
.c1 a
c 0 4
3$ 3 0 b$ 1;
9g -
ii E v)
@; k
k
I I
x F g .- E t C
0 en +r i! u E! G J
w-a 7?V! w.sw s-
.. '
L - a I I I
t 1
(
( # I
I
i
i I * t
t 1
( t G
& 3 0 % a
a cn
P a 0
a r
- - -
CI
E e
0 E v)
E Mud TVLS ‘das 5NWd 3%
- d
4.
I
I
Q
cn
.- L rcI
d) a
0 c 0 0
w
*L
.i E
m
n
.-
.- -
--
I -
&
B 4
1200 ELM AVENUE TELE CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 92008 (619) 1
Office of the City Clerk Mitt af MnvIsbnb
March 8, 1988
William J. Kirchnavy Construction, Inc.
1010 Linda Vista Drive
San Marcos, CA 92069
Re: Bond Release - Contract No. 3173 - Calavera Hills Community
Park - Phase I
The Notice of Completion for the above-referenced project has
recorded. Therefore, we are releasing 75% of the Performance
Bond. Please consider this letter as your notification that
$882,575.25 of Merchants Bonding Company Performance Bond
No. CA 107901 is hereby released. We are required to retain the
remaining 25% for a period of one year. At that time, if no
claims 'nave been filed, it will be released.
The Labor & Materials Bond will be due for release six months
from the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion, on
July 11, 1988.
YdU4/jLp
&EN R. K DTZ
Deputy City Clerk
ou UIUlY
-.- .~ - -*. e UVLL 1 4b City Clerk
1200 Elm Avenue
Carlsbad, CA 92008
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
MUNICIPAL PROJECTS DEPARTMENT
P - -$ ;:19LI .jI,J{ 1 i j# 9:
Vti<:? i.. i; LL 1 c0u.w i 'i i!ECORI>Eri -._- I To All Laborers and Material Men and to Every Other Person
Interested:
YOU WILL PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that on September 30, 19g7
the engineering project consisting of the construction of Calavera Hills Community Park, Phase I
on which William J. Kirchnavy Construction, Incorporated was the contractor, and Merchants Bonding Company
was the surety, was completed.
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad; the Citi Council of said City on L 3- /98r accepted the abov6
described work as compldted an& or'dered that a Notice of Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is
Executed on &
true and correct.
&, /?ET at Carlsbad, California.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
L,zd&L /e- City Clerk